El Centro City Council
May 7, 2024

B. Proceed with coordination study only after relevant equipment submittals have been assembled. Overcurrent protective devices not submitted for approval with coordination study may not be used in study.

3.2 FAULT-CURRENT STUDY
A. Source Impedance: Utility Company’s fault-current contribution.

B. Study electrical distribution system from normal and alternate power sources throughout electrical distribution system for Project and use approved computer software program to calculate values. Include studies of system-switching configurations and alternate operations that could result in maximum fault conditions.

C. Calculate momentary and interrupting duties on the basis of maximum available fault current.

D. Calculations to verify interrupting ratings of overcurrent protective devices shall comply with the following:

1. Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers: IEEE 1015 and IEEE C37.50.

2. Low-Voltage Fuses: IEEE C37.46.

3. Circuit Breakers: IEEE C37.13.

E. Study Report: Enter calculated X/R ratios and interrupting (5-cycle) fault currents on electrical distribution system diagram of the report. List other output values from computer analysis, including momentary (1/2-cycle), interrupting (5-cycle), and 30-cycle fault-current values for 3-phase, 2-phase, and phase-to-ground faults.

8.a
Packet Pg. 435 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16055

OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16055-4 ECB016200
July 2020
F. Equipment Evaluation Report: Prepare a report on the adequacy of overcurrent protective devices and conductors by comparing fault-current ratings of these devices with calculated fault-current momentary and interrupting duties.

3.3 COORDINATION STUDY
A. Gather and tabulate the following input data to support coordination study:

1. Product Data for overcurrent protective devices specified in other Division 16 Sections and involved in overcurrent protective device coordination studies. Use equipment designation tags that are consistent with electrical distribution system diagrams, overcurrent protective device submittals, input and output data, and recommended device settings.

2. Impedance of utility service entrance.

3. Electrical distribution system diagram showing the following:
a. Load current that is the basis for sizing continuous ratings of circuits for cables and equipment.
b. Circuit-breaker and fuse-current ratings and types.
c. Relays and associated power and current transformer ratings and ratios. d. Transformer kilovolt amperes, primary and secondary voltages, connection type, impedance, and X/R ratios.
e. Generator kilovolt amperes, size, voltage, and source impedance. f. Cables. Indicate conduit material, sizes of conductors, conductor insulation, and length.
g. Busway ampacity and impedance.
h. Motor horsepower and code letter designation according to NEMA MG 1.

B. Data sheets to supplement electrical distribution system diagram, cross-referenced with tag numbers on diagram:
a. Special load considerations, including starting inrush currents and frequent starting and stopping.
b. Magnetic inrush current overload capabilities of transformers. c. Motor full-load current, locked rotor current, service factor, starting time, type of start, and thermal-damage curve.
d. Ratings, types, and settings of utility company's overcurrent protective devices.
e. Special overcurrent protective device settings or types stipulated by utility company.
f. Time-current-characteristic curves of devices indicated to be coordinated.

8.a
Packet Pg. 436 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16055

OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16055-5 ECB016200
July 2020
g. Manufacturer, frame size, interrupting rating in amperes rms symmetrical, ampere or current sensor rating, long-time adjustment range, short-time adjustment range, and instantaneous adjustment range for circuit breakers.
h. Manufacturer and type, ampere-tap adjustment range, time-delay adjustment range, instantaneous attachment adjustment range, and current transformer ratio for overcurrent relays.
i. Panelboards, switchboards, motor-control center ampacity, and interrupting rating in amperes rms symmetrical.

C. Perform coordination study and prepare a written report using the results of fault-current study and approved computer software program. Comply with IEEE 399.

D. Comply with NFPA 70 for overcurrent protection of circuit elements and devices.

E. Comply with IEEE 242 recommendations for fault currents and time intervals.

F. Transformer Primary Overcurrent Protective Devices:

1. Device shall not operate in response to the following:
a. Self-cooled, full-load current or forced-air-cooled, full-load current, whichever is specified for that transformer.
b. Permissible transformer overloads according to IEEE C57.96 if required by unusual loading or emergency conditions.

2. Device shall protect transformer according to IEEE C57.12.00, for fault currents.

G. Motors served by voltages more than 600 V shall be protected according to IEEE 620.

H. Conductor Protection: Protect cables against damage from fault currents according to ICEA P-32-382, ICEA P-45-482, and conductor melting curves in IEEE 242. Verify adequacy of phase conductors at maximum three-phase bolted fault currents, equipment grounding conductors, and grounding electrode conductors at maximum ground-fault currents.

I. Coordination-Study Report: Prepare a written report indicating the following results of coordination study:

1. Tabular Format of Settings Selected for Overcurrent Protective Devices:
a. Device tag.
b. Relay-current transformer ratios; and tap, time-dial, and instantaneous- pickup values.
c. Circuit-breaker sensor rating; and long-time, short-time, and instantaneous settings.

8.a
Packet Pg. 437 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16055

OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16055-6 ECB016200
July 2020
d. Fuse-current rating and type.
e. Ground-fault relay-pickup and time-delay settings.

2. Coordination Curves: Prepared to determine settings of overcurrent protective devices to achieve selective coordination. Graphically illustrate that adequate time separation exists between series devices, including power utility company's upstream devices. Show the following specific information:
a. Device tag.
b. Voltage and current ratio for curves.
c. Three-phase and single-phase damage points for each transformer. d. No damage, melting, and clearing curves for fuses.
e. Cable damage curves.
f. Transformer inrush points.
g. Maximum fault-current cutoff point.

3. Completed data sheets for setting of overcurrent protective devices.

3.4 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE SETTING
A. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following device setting and to prepare test reports.

1. After installing overcurrent protective devices and during energizing process of electrical distribution system, perform the following:
a. Verify that overcurrent protective devices meet parameters used in studies.
b. Adjust devices to values listed in study results.

4. Adjust devices according to recommendations in NETA ATS Chapter 7, "Inspection and Test Procedures," and Tables 10.7 and 10.8. **END OF SECTION**

8.a
Packet Pg. 438 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16060

GROUNDING AND BONDING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16060-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16060

GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency’s field supervisor.

C. Field quality-control test reports.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency’s Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

8.a
Packet Pg. 439 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16060

GROUNDING AND BONDING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16060-2 ECB016200
July 2020
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUCTORS
A. Insulated Conductors: Wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Bare Copper Conductors:

1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.

2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.

2.2 CONNECTORS
A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.

B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts.

1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, size for pipe.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATIONS
A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Conductor Terminations and Connections:

1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.

3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

8.a
Packet Pg. 440 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16060

GROUNDING AND BONDING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16060-3 ECB016200
July 2020

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical conduits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

B. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. ** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 441 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16072

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16072-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16072

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:

1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems.

2. Seismic restraints for electrical equipment and systems.

3. Construction requirements for concrete bases.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.

B. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.

C. RMC: Rigid metal conduit.

D. SBC: Standard Building Code.

E. Seismic Restraint: A structural support element such as a metal framing member, a cable, an anchor bolt or stud, a fastening device, or an assembly of these items used to transmit seismic forces from an item of equipment or system to building structure and to limit movement of item during a seismic event.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type of electrical support and seismic-restraint component used.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the SBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent.

8.a
Packet Pg. 442 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16072

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16072-2 ECB016200
July 2020

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Project Seismic Zone as Defined in the SBC: Zone 4.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed under this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force.

B. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-3, factory-fabricated components for field assembly.

1. Finishes:
a. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-3.

2. Channel Dimensions: Selected for structural loading.

C. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1.

D. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.

E. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.

F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

G. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces including the following:

1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used.

8.a
Packet Pg. 443 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16072

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16072-3 ECB016200
July 2020

3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron slotted-support-system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-3 or MSS SP-58.

4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element.

5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325.

6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.

7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.

2.2 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS
A. Rated Strength, Features, and Application Requirements for Restraint Components: As defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Structural Safety Factor: Strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components used shall be at least five times the maximum seismic force to which they will be subjected.

B. Angle and Channel-Type Brace Assemblies: Steel angles or steel slotted-support-system components; with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end.

C. Cable Restraints: ASTM A 603, zinc-coated, steel wire rope attached to steel or stainlesssteel thimbles, brackets, swivels, and bolts designed for restraining cable service.

1. Seismic Mountings, Anchors, and Attachments: Devices as specified in Part 2 “Support, Anchorage, and Attachment Components” Article, selected to resist seismic forces.

2. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod, of design recognized by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchors: Neoprene units designed for seismically rated rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs used.

4. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for seismically rated rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used.

8.a
Packet Pg. 444 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16072

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16072-4 ECB016200
July 2020

2.3 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems, except if requirements in this Section are stricter.

B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be ¼ inch (6 mm) in diameter.

C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits.

1. Secure raceways and cables to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps.

D. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.

3.2 SUPPORT AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements, except as specified in this Article.

B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.

C. Install seismic-restraint components using methods approved by the evaluation service providing required submittals for component.

D. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength with be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg).

8.a
Packet Pg. 445 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16072

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16072-5 ECB016200
July 2020
E. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code:

1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.

2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.

3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units.

4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.

5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven thread studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.

6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.

7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate.

F. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depth that avoid reinforcing bars.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED MEAL SUPPORTS
A. Comply with installation requirements in Section 05000-MISCELLANEOUS METALS for site-fabricated metal supports.

B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.

3.4 CONCRETE BASES
A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer’s written instructions and seismic criteria at Project.

B. Construct concrete bases of dimension indicated but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit, and so expansion anchors will be minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base.

1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450 mm) centers around full perimeter of the base.

8.a
Packet Pg. 446 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16072

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16072-6 ECB016200
July 2020

2. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.

3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer’s setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

5. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer’s written instructions.

6. Use 300-psi (20.7-MPa) 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 3.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS
A. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base.

B. Install busing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall.

C. Restraint Cables: Provide slack within maximums recommended by manufacturer.

D. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members.

3.6 ACCOMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION
A. Make flexible connections in runs of raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways where they cross expansion and seismic-control joints, where adjacent sections or branched are supported by different structural elements, and where they terminate with connection to electrical equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting them as they approach equipment.
** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 447 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16075-1 ECB016200
July 2020

SECTION 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions for the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:

1. Identification for raceway.

2. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable.

3. Underground-line warning tape.

4. Equipment identification labels.

5. Miscellaneous identification products.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.

B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI C2.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer’s wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes and standards. Use consistent designation throughout Project.

8.a
Packet Pg. 448 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16075-2 ECB016200
July 2020

B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.

B. Color for Printed Legend:

1. Power Circuits: Black letters on an orange field.

2. Legend: Indicate system or service and voltage, if applicable.

C. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

2.2 CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION – AND – CONTROL-CABLE

IDENTIFICATON MATERIALS
A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide.

2.3 UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE
A. Description: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, polyethylene tape.

1. Not less than 6-inches (150 mm) wide by 4-mils (0.102 mm) thick.

2. Compounded for permanent direct-burial service.

3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.

4. Printed legend shall indicate type of underground line.

2.4 MISCELLENEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties.

8.a
Packet Pg. 449 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16075-3 ECB016200
July 2020

1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm).

2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb (22.6 kg), minimum.

3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C).

4. Color: Black, except when used for color-coding.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION
A. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600-V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30-A: Identify with orange self-adhesive vinyl label.

B. Accessible Raceways and Cables of Auxiliary Systems: Identify the following systems with color-coded self-adhesive vinyl tape applied in bands:

1. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow.

2. Control Wiring: Green and red.

C. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification: For secondary conductors No. 1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes use color-coding conductor tape. Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors. For single conductor cables, identify phase in addition to the above.

D. Branch-Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use color-coding conductor tape. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to the source and circuit number.

E. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed control and data connections.

1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation.

2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections.

3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer’s wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual.

F. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring.

8.a
Packet Pg. 450 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16075-4 ECB016200
July 2020

G. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification.

1. Labeling Instructions:
a. Indoor Equipment: Self-adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with ½-inch (13 mm) high letters on a 1-1/2-inch (38 mm) high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high.
b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor.

2. Equipment to be Labeled:
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.
b. Electrical switchboards.
c. Transformers.
d. Disconnect switches.
e. Motor starters.
f. Push-button stations.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.

B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.

D. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.

E. Color-Coding for Phase Identification, 600-V and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded feeder and branch circuit conductors.

1. Color shall be factory applied.

2. Colors for 208 / 120-V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Black.
b. Phase B: Red.
c. Phase C: Blue.

8.a
Packet Pg. 451 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16075-5 ECB016200
July 2020

3. Colors for 480 / 277-V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Brown.
b. Phase B: Orange.
c. Phase C: Yellow.

4. Field-Applied, Color-Coded Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6-inches (150 mm) for terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings.

F. Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8-inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench exceeds 16-inches (400 mm) overall.
** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 452 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16080

ELECTRICAL TESTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16080-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16080

ELECTRICAL TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general requirements for electrical field testing and inspecting.

Detailed requirements are specified in each Section containing components that require testing. General requirements include the following:

1. Qualifications of testing agencies and their personnel.

2. Suitability of test equipment.

3. Calibration of test instruments.

4. Coordination requirements for testing and inspecting.

5. Reporting requirements for testing and inspecting.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: As specified in each Section containing electrical testing requirements and in subparagraph and associated subparagraph below.

1. Independent Testing Agencies: Independent of manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of components to be tested or inspected.
a. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor for Power Component Testing: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Division 16 power component Sections.

B. Test Equipment Suitability: Comply with NETA ATS, Section 5.2.

C. Test Equipment Calibration: Comply with NETA ATS, Section 5.3.

8.a
Packet Pg. 453 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16080

ELECTRICAL TESTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16080-2 ECB016200
July 2020
PART 2 - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. If a group of tests are specified to be performed by an independent testing agency, prepare systems, equipment, and components for tests and inspections, and perform preliminary tests to ensure that systems, equipment, and components are ready for independent agency testing. Include the following minimum preparations as appropriate:

1. Perform insulation-resistance tests.

2. Perform continuity tests.

3. Perform rotation test (for motors to be tested).

4. Provide a stable source of single-phase, 208/120-V electrical power for test instrumentation at each test location.

B. Test and Inspection Reports: In addition to requirements specified elsewhere, report the following:

1. Manufacturer's written testing and inspecting instructions.

2. Calibration and adjustment settings of adjustable and interchangeable devices involved in tests.

3. Tabulation of expected measurement results made before measurements.

4. Tabulation of "as-found" and "as-left" measurement and observation results. **END OF SECTION**

8.a
Packet Pg. 454 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16120

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16120-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16120

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600-V and less.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

C. Field Quality-Control Tests Reports: From a qualified testing and inspecting agency engages by Contractor.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency’s Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) or the National Institute of Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Comply with NFPA 70.

8.a
Packet Pg. 455 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16120

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16120-2 ECB016200
July 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Refer to Part 3 “Conductor and Insulation Applications” Article for insulation type, cable construction, and ratings.

B. Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMA WC 5 solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.

C. Conductor Insulation Types: Type THHN-THWN complying with NEMA WC 5.

2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS
A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN single conductors in raceway.

B. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN single conductors in raceway.

C. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and in Crawlspaces: Type THHNTHWN, single conductors in raceway.

D. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

E. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete and below Slabs-on-Grade: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

F. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.

G. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.

8.a
Packet Pg. 456 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16120

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16120-3 ECB016200
July 2020
B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer’s recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

C. Use pulling means including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.

D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible.

E. Support cables according to Division 16 Section “Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.” F. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section “Electrical Identification.”

3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer’s published torquetightening values. If manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated, use those specified in AL 486A.

B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.

C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12-inches (300 mm) of slack.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control testing:

1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters.

B. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:

1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.

3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements.

8.a
Packet Pg. 457 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16120

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16120-4 ECB016200
July 2020
** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 458 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16130

RACEWAYS AND BOXES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16130-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16130

RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 16 Section “Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints” for seismic restraints and bracing of raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.

2. Division 16 Section “Wiring Devices” for devices installed in boxes and for floor-box service fittings.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.

B. FMC: Flexible metal conduit.

C. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.

D. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways, and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of components for raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.

8.a
Packet Pg. 459 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16130

RACEWAYS AND BOXES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16130-2 ECB016200
July 2020

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways, boxes, enclosures, cabinets, and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ASNI C80.1.

B. EMT and Fittings: ANSI C80.3.

1. Fittings: Compression type.

C. FMC: Zinc-coated steel.

D. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.

E. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials.

2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC.

B. RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.

2.3 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1.

B. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover.

C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2.

8.a
Packet Pg. 460 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16130

RACEWAYS AND BOXES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16130-3 ECB016200
July 2020
D. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover.

E. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch.

1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer’s standard enamel.

F. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer’s standard enamel. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage and include necessary feet where required for freestanding equipment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. Outdoors:

1. Exposed: Rigid steel.

2. Concealed: Rigid steel.

3. Underground, Single Run: RNC.

4. Underground, Grouped: RNC.

5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Peumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.

6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R.

B. Indoors:

1. Exposed: Rigid steel.

2. Concealed: EMT.

3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC; except use LFMC in damp or wet locations.

4. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit.

5. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except as follows:
a. Damp of Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel.

C. Minimum Raceway Size: ¾”- inch trade size (DN 16).

8.a
Packet Pg. 461 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16130

RACEWAYS AND BOXES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16130-4 ECB016200
July 2020
D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Keep raceways at least 6-inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.

B. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.

C. Support raceways as specified in Section 16072-ELECRTICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

D. Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways.

E. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab.

F. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance, considering type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated.

H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle 1/3 of slab thickness where practical and leave at lease 2-inches (50 mm) of concrete cover.

1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement.

2. Space runways laterally to prevent voids in concrete.

3. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size (DN 27) parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where are right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support.

4. Change from nonmetallic tubing to Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, or rigid steel conduit, before rising above the floor.

I. Install exposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members and follow surface contours as much as possible.

1. Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports.

8.a
Packet Pg. 462 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16130

RACEWAYS AND BOXES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16130-5 ECB016200
July 2020

2. Make parallel bends in parallel or banked runs. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways.

J. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints tight.

1. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.

K. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools.

L. Terminations:

1. Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside box.

2. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into hubs so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed.

M. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire.

N. Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2-Inch Trade Size (DN 53) and Smaller: In addition to above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements.

O. Stub-Up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6 inches (150 mm) above the floor. Install screwdriver-operated, threaded plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections.

P. Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches (1,830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed or semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections.

Q. Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner.

3.3 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

8.a
Packet Pg. 463 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16130

RACEWAYS AND BOXES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16130-6 ECB016200
July 2020

1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.

2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer.

3.4 CLEANING
A. After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished raceways and boxes, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.
** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 464 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16140

WIRING DEVICES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16140-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16140

WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:

1. Single and duplex receptacles, ground-fault circuit interrupters, integral surge suppression units, and isolated-ground receptacles.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Field quality-control test reports.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single manufacturer.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Comply with NFPA 70.

8.a
Packet Pg. 465 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16140

WIRING DEVICES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16140-2 ECB016200
July 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECEPTACLES
A. Straight-Blade-Type Receptacles: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, DSCC W-C596G, and UL 498.

B. Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy-Duty grade.

C. GFCI Receptacles: Straight blade, feed-through type, heavy-duty grade, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle; complying with UL 498 and UL 943. Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch (70-mm) deep outlet box without an adapter.

2.2 SWITCHES
A. Single- and Double-Pole Switches: Comply with DSCC W-C-896F and UL 20.

B. Snap Switches: Heavy-Duty grade, quiet type.

2.3 WALL PLATES
A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices.

1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.

2. Material for Finished Spaces: Steel with white baked enamel, suitable for field painting.

3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel.

4. Material for Wet Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in “wet locations.”
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install devices and assemblies level, plumb, and square with building lines.

B. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates.

C. Remove wall plates and protect devices and assemblies during painting.

8.a
Packet Pg. 466 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16140

WIRING DEVICES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16140-3 ECB016200
July 2020
D. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of equipment.

3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with Section 16075-ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION.

1. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.

3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground equipment according to Section 16060-GROUNDING AND BONDING.

B. Connect wiring according to Section 16120-CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer’s published torquetightening values. If manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, tests for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements.

2. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above. ** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 467 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
The lift station is a complete pre-engineered and prefabricated system. The packaged engine generator is an integrated and critical part of the entire system. The following summary is not a random specification. It is, in fact part of a complete electrical control system for the Romtec Utilities, Inc. lift station. If there are conflicts between this specification and Appendix C, then Appendix C will govern.

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes packaged natural gas-engine generator sets with the following features and accessories:

1. Battery charger.

2. Engine-generator set.

3. Muffler.

4. Exhaust piping external to set.

5. Outdoor sound-attenuated enclosure.

6. Remote annunciator.

7. Remote stop switch.

8. Starting battery.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 16 Section 16415 Transfer Switches for transfer switches including sensors and relays to initiate automatic-starting and -stopping signals for engine-generator sets.

8.a
Packet Pg. 468 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-2 ECB016200
July 2020

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter.

B. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage within the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hertz or cycles per second.

C. LP: Liquid petroleum.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include the following:

1. Data on features, components, accessories ratings, and performance.

2. Thermal damage curve for generator.

3. Time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device.

B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

1. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine-generator set and other components specified.

2. Design Calculations: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer.

Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases.

3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include base weights.

4. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Qualification Data: For manufacturer.

D. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report.

E. Test Reports:

1. Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements.

2. Report of sound generation.

3. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations.

8.a
Packet Pg. 469 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-3 ECB016200
July 2020

4. Field quality-control test reports.

F. Certification of Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with NFPA 110.

G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged engine generators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 01730-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION, include the following:

1. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at the Project for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply.

H. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project.

1. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than four hours' normal travel time from Installer's place of business to Project site.

2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for vibration isolators and seismic restraints of engine skid mounts, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 200 miles of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

D. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged generator sets and auxiliary components through one source from a single manufacturer.

8.a
Packet Pg. 470 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-4 ECB016200
July 2020
E. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of packaged generator sets and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Material and Equipment."
F. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

G. Comply with NFPA 37.

H. Comply with NFPA 70.

I. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 emergency power supply system.

J. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements.

K. Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements for maximum noise level at adjacent property boundaries due to sound emitted by generator set including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other components of installation.

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.

Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Caterpillar; Engine Div.

8.a
Packet Pg. 471 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-5 ECB016200
July 2020

2. Kohler Co; Generator Division.

3. Onan Corp./Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group.

4. Spectrum Detroit Diesel.

2.2 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET
A. Packaged engine-generator set shall be a coordinated assembly of compatible components.

B. Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated, with capacity as required to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing.

C. Output Connections: Three phase, four wire.

D. Safety Standard: Comply with ASME B15.1.

E. Nameplates: Each major system component shall be equipped with a nameplate to identify manufacturer's name and address, and model and serial number of component.

F. Fabricate engine-generator-set mounting frame and attachment of components to resist generator-set movement during a seismic event when generator-set mounting frame is anchored to building structure.

G. Mounting Frame: Adequate strength and rigidity to maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation. Mounting frame shall be free from sharp edges and corners and shall have lifting attachments arranged for lifting with slings without damaging components.

2.3 GENERATOR-SET PERFORMANCE
A. Genset Rating: 100-kW, 0.80 power factor, 277/480-VAC, 3-phase, 4-wire, 60-hertz.

B. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 4 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load.

C. Steady-State Voltage Modulation Frequency: Less than 1 Hz.

D. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20-percent variation for 50-percent stepload increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds.

E. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5-percent of rated frequency from no load to full load.

8.a
Packet Pg. 472 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-6 ECB016200
July 2020
F. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed.

G. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5-percent variation for a 50-percent stepload increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within five seconds.

H. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5-percent total and 3-percent for single harmonics. The telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50-percent.

I. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, the system shall supply a minimum of 250-percent of rated full-load current for not less than 10-seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator system components.

J. Start Time: Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10, system requirements.

2.4 SERVICE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Engine-generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability:

1. Ambient Temperature: 5 to 60-deg C.

2. Altitude: Sea level to 1000-feet.

2.5 ENGINE
A. Fuel: Natural Gas.

B. Rated Engine Speed: 1800-rpm.

C. Maximum Piston Speed for Four-Cycle Engines: 2250-fpm.

D. Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid:

1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90-percent of particles 5-micrometers and smaller while passing full flow.

2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe.

8.a
Packet Pg. 473 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-7 ECB016200
July 2020

3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances.

E. Engine Fuel System:

1. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions.

2. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source.

F. Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity.

G. Governor: Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing.

2.6 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
A. Description: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on enginegenerator-set mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump.

B. Radiator: Rated for specified coolant.

C. Coolant: Solution of 50-percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50-percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer.

D. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer.

E. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging-, ultraviolet-, and abrasion-resistant fabric.

1. Rating: 50-psig maximum working pressure with coolant at 180-deg F, and noncollapsible under vacuum.

2. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections.

2.7 FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
A. Comply with NFPA 30.

B. Natural Gas will be piped in from Utility in street.

8.a
Packet Pg. 474 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-8 ECB016200
July 2020

2.8 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
A. Muffler: Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer; sound level measured at a distance of 10-feet from exhaust discharge shall be 85-dBA or less.

B. Condensate Drain for Muffler: Schedule 40, black steel pipe connected to muffler drain outlet through a petcock.

C. Connection from Engine to Exhaust System: Flexible section of corrugated stainless-steel pipe.

D. Connection from Exhaust Pipe to Muffler: Stainless-steel expansion joint with liner.

E. Exhaust Piping External to Engine: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, welded, black steel, with welded joints and fittings.

2.9 COMBUSTION-AIR INTAKE
A. Description: Heavy-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element and "blocked filter" indicator.

2.10 STARTING SYSTEM
B. Description: 12-VDC electric, with negative ground and including the following items:

1. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph in "Service Conditions" Article.

2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding.

3. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified.

4. Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph in "Service Conditions" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least three times without recharging.

5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories.

6. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating.

7. Battery Charger: Current-limiting, automatic-equalizing and float-charging type.

Unit shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features:

8.a
Packet Pg. 475 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-9 ECB016200
July 2020
a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10-A shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again.
b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40-deg C to plus 60-deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures.
c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10-percent. d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging rates.
e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel.

Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or dc output of battery charger.

Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet.

2.11 CONTROL AND MONITORING
A. Functional Description: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of the generator set. When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, the generator set starts. The off position of the same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down the generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down the generator set.

B. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator-set vibration.

1. Current and Potential Transformers: Instrument accuracy class.

C. Indicating and protective devices and controls shall include those required by NFPA 110 for a Level 1 system, and the following:

1. AC voltmeter.

2. AC ammeter.

3. AC frequency meter.

8.a
Packet Pg. 476 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-10 ECB016200
July 2020

4. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging).

5. Engine-coolant temperature gage.

6. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage.

7. Running-time meter.

8. Ammeter-voltmeter, phase-selector switch(es).

9. Generator-voltage adjusting rheostat.

10. Start-stop switch.

11. Overspeed shutdown device.

12. Coolant high-temperature shutdown device.

13. Coolant low-level shutdown device.

14. Oil low-pressure shutdown device.

15. Fuel tank derangement alarm.

16. Generator overload.

D. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine or generator, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Connection to Control System: A separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry contacts, for each alarm and status indication is reserved for connections for data-link transmission of indications to remote data terminals. Retain one of two paragraphs and associated subparagraphs below or delete both to suit Project or applicable codes and standards. Evaluations discuss what will be obtained by selecting first paragraph.

Coordinate with Drawings.

F. Common Remote Audible Alarm: Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 systems. Include necessary contacts and terminals in control and monitoring panel.

G. Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 99. Labeled LED shall identify each alarm event. Common audible signal shall sound for alarm conditions. Silencing switch in face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual indication. Connect so that after an alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate are surface- or flush-mounting type to suit mounting conditions indicated.

H. Remote Emergency-Stop Switch: Flush; wall mounted, unless otherwise indicated; and labeled. Push button shall be protected from accidental operation.

8.a
Packet Pg. 477 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-11 ECB016200
July 2020

2.12 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT

PROTECTION
A. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded-case, electronic-trip type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489.

1. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long-time and short-time delay and instantaneous.

2. Trip Settings: Matched to generator thermal damage curve as closely as possible.

3. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by other protective devices.

4. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel.

B. Ground-Fault Indication: Comply with NFPA 70, Article 700-7(d). Integrate groundfault alarm indication with other generator-set alarm indications.

2.13 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 and specified performance requirements.

B. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor.

C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F.

D. Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required.

E. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125-percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110-percent of rated capacity.

F. Excitation shall use no slip or collector rings, or brushes, and shall be arranged to sustain generator output under short-circuit conditions as specified.

G. Enclosure: Dripproof.

H. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure.

I. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified.

1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel shall provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output-voltage operating band.

8.a
Packet Pg. 478 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-12 ECB016200
July 2020
J. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point.

2.14 OUTDOOR GENERATOR-SET ENCLOSURE
A. Description: Prefabricated enclosure with the following features:

1. Construction: Galvanized-steel, metal-clad, integral structural-steel-framed building erected on concrete foundation.

2. Structural Design and Anchorage: Wind resistant up to 120-mph.

3. Space Heater: Thermostatically controlled and sized to prevent condensation.

4. Louvers: Equipped with bird screen and filter arranged to permit air circulation when engine is not running while excluding exterior dust, birds, and rodents.

5. Hinged Doors: With padlocking provisions.

6. Ventilation: Louvers equipped with bird screen and filter arranged to permit air circulation while excluding exterior dust, birds, and rodents.

7. Thermal Insulation: Manufacturer's standard materials and thickness selected in coordination with space heater to maintain winter interior temperature within operating limits required by engine-generator-set components.

8. Muffler Location: External to enclosure.

9. Sound attenuation: 75dBA at 23’-0”.

B. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at 110-percent of rated load for 2- hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions.

1. Louvers: Fixed-engine cooling-air inlet and discharge. Storm-proof and drainable louvers prevent entry of rain and snow.

2. Automatic Dampers: At engine cooling-air inlet and discharge. Dampers shall be closed to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weather when unit is not operating.

C. Interior Lights with Switch: Factory-wired, vaporproof-type fixtures within housing; arranged to illuminate controls and accessible interior. Arrange for external electrical connection.

D. Convenience Outlets: Factory wired. Arrange for external electrical connection.

8.a
Packet Pg. 479 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-13 ECB016200
July 2020

2.15 SET FINISHES
A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible standard primer.

2.16 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine-generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories.

1. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1 energy converters in Paragraphs 3.2.1,

3.2.1.1, and 3.2.1.2.

2. Generator Tests: Comply with IEEE 115.

3. Components and Accessories: Items furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype shall have been factory tested to demonstrate compatibility and reliability.

B. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine-generator set and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project.

Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests:

1. Full load run.

2. Maximum power.

3. Voltage regulation.

4. Transient and steady-state governing.

5. Single-step load pickup.

6. Safety shutdown.

C. Report factory test results within 10-days of completion of test.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged enginegenerator performance.

B. Examine roughing-in of piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before packaged engine-generator installation.

8.a
Packet Pg. 480 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-14 ECB016200
July 2020
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 CONCRETE BASES
A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Verify structural requirements with structural engineer.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with packaged engine-generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110.

B. Install packaged engine generators level on concrete base.

C. Vibration Isolation: Mount packaged engine generators on restrained spring isolators.

D. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance.

E. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted.

3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground equipment according to Section 16060-GROUNDING AND BONDING.

B. Connect wiring according to Section-16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.5 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components according to Section 16075-ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

8.a
Packet Pg. 481 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-15 ECB016200
July 2020
B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

C. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Sections 7.15.2.1 and 7.22.1 (except for vibration baseline test).

Certify compliance with test parameters.

2. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer.

3. NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are additional to those specified here including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Single-step full-load pickup test.

4. Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written instructions. Record individual cell voltages.
a. Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions.
b. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery.
c. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of the battery after discharge. d. Verify that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications.

5. Battery-Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float-charging conditions.

6. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine-generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks.

7. Exhaust Emissions Test: Comply with applicable government test criteria.

8. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100-percent step-load increases and decreases, and verify that performance is as specified.

9. Harmonic-Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage under 25- percent and at 100-percent of rated linear load. Verify that harmonic content is within specified limits.

10. Noise Level Tests: Measure A-weighted level of noise emanating from generatorset installation, including engine exhaust and cooling-air intake and discharge, at four locations on the property line, and compare measured levels with required values.

D. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches and run them concurrently.

8.a
Packet Pg. 482 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16231

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16231-16 ECB016200
July 2020
E. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the last 12-months, traceable to standards of the National Institute for Standards and Technology, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request.

F. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.

G. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.

H. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

I. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

J. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met.

K. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.

3.7 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

B. Inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections. Report results in writing.

C. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.8 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators. Refer to Division 1.

1. Coordinate this training with that for transfer switches. **END OF SECTION**

8.a
Packet Pg. 483 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16410

ENCLOSED SWITHCES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16410-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16410

ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following individually mounted, enclosed switches.

1. Fusible switches.

2. Nonfusible switches.

3. Enclosures.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. HD: Heavy Duty.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, accessory, and component indicated.

Include dimensional elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturer’s technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.

1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.

2. Current and voltage ratings.

3. Short-circuit current rating.

4. UL listing for series rating of installed devices.

B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

D. Field quality-control test reports including the following:

1. Test procedures used.

8.a
Packet Pg. 484 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16410

ENCLOSED SWITHCES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16410-2 ECB016200
July 2020

2. Test results that comply with requirements.

3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.

E. Manufacturer’s field service report.

F. Operation and Maintenance Information: For enclosed switches to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 01700- CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, including the following:

1. Manufacturer’s written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers.

2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of circuit breaker.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency’s Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Comply with NFPA 70.

D. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22-deg F (minus 30-deg C) and not exceeding 140-deg F (60-deg C).

2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6,600-feet (2,010-m).

1.7 COORDINATION

8.a
Packet Pg. 485 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16410

ENCLOSED SWITHCES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16410-3 ECB016200
July 2020
A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with other construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.2 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers:

1. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products.

2. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.

3. Square D/Group Schneider.

B. Fusible Switch, 600-A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.

C. Nonfusible Switch: 600-A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.

D. Accessories:

1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors.

2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded, and bonded; and labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.

2.3 ENCLOSURES
A. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location.

1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.

8.a
Packet Pg. 486 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16410

ENCLOSED SWITHCES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16410-4 ECB016200
July 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with applicable portions of NECA 1, NEMA PB 1.1, and NEMA PB 2.1 for installation of enclosed switches and circuit breakers.

B. Mount individual wall-mounting switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor floor-mounting switches to concrete base.

C. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 16072- ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Section 16075-ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION.

B. Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate as specified in Section 16075-ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance testing as follows:

1. Inspect mechanical and electrical connections.

2. Verify switch and relay type and labeling verification.

3. Verify rating of installed fuses.

4. Inspect proper installation of type, size, quantity, and arrangement of mounting or anchorage devices complying with manufacturer’s certification.

B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

8.a
Packet Pg. 487 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16410

ENCLOSED SWITHCES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16410-5 ECB016200
July 2020

1. Test mounting and anchorage devices according to requirements in Section 16072- ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers.

Certify compliance with test parameters.

3. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.

3.5 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, vacuum dirt and debris from interiors; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning.

B. Inspect exposed surfaces and repair damaged finishes. ** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 488 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
The lift station is a complete pre-engineered and prefabricated system. The packaged engine generator is an integrated and critical part of the entire system. The following summary is not a random specification. It is, in fact part of a complete electrical control system for the Romtec Utilities, Inc. lift station. If there are conflicts between this specification and Appendix C, then Appendix C will govern.

PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes transfer switches rated 600-VAC and less, including the following:

1. Automatic transfer switch.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.

B. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, installed features and devices, and material lists for each switch specified.

1. Wiring Diagrams: Single-line diagram. Show connections between transfer switch, bypass/isolation switch, power sources, and load; and show interlocking provisions for each combined transfer switch and bypass/isolation switch.

C. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency.

D. Field quality-control test reports.

8.a
Packet Pg. 489 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-2 ECB016200
July 2020

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs within a response period of less than eight hours from time of notification.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain automatic transfer switches, bypass/isolation switches, nonautomatic transfer switches, remote annunciators, and remote annunciator and control panels through one source from a single manufacturer.

D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, for emergency service under UL 1008, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

E. Comply with NEMA ICS 1.

F. Comply with NFPA 70.

G. Comply with NFPA 110.

H. Comply with UL 1008 unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Contactor Transfer Switches:
a. Caterpillar; Engine Div.
b. Emerson; ASCO Power Technologies, LP.
c. GE Zenith Controls.

8.a
Packet Pg. 490 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-3 ECB016200
July 2020
d. Kohler Co.; Generator Division.
e. Onan Corp./Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group. f. Spectrum Detroit Diesel.

2.2 GENERAL TRANSFER-SWITCH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A. Indicated Current Ratings: Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total system transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30-percent of switch ampere rating, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Tested Fault-Current Closing and Withstand Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by protective devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions indicated, based on testing according to UL 1008.

C. Annunciation, Control, and Programming Interface Components: Devices at transfer switches for communicating with remote programming devices, annunciators, or annunciator and control panels have communication capability matched with remote device.

D. Solid-State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of all settings is plus or minus 2-percent or better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 to plus 70-deg C.

E. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed voltagesurge withstand capability requirements when tested according to IEEE C62.41.

Components shall meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1.

F. Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, Type 1, complying with NEMA ICS 6 and UL 508, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and label, consistent with Shop Drawings, either by color code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at terminations.

1. Designated Terminals: Pressure type suitable for types and sizes of field wiring indicated.

2. Power-Terminal Arrangement and Field-Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side, or bottom entrance of feeder conductors as indicated.

3. Control Wiring: Equipped with lugs suitable for connection to terminal strips.

H. Electrical Operation: Accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or electric-motor-operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions.

8.a
Packet Pg. 491 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-4 ECB016200
July 2020
I. Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated current between active power sources.

1. Limitation: Switches using molded-case switches or circuit breakers or insulatedcase circuit-breaker components are not acceptable.

2. Switch Action: Double throw; mechanically held in both directions.

3. Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load-current switching.

Conventional automatic transfer-switch units, rated 225-A and higher, shall have separate arcing contacts.

2.3 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
A. Comply with Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110.

B. Switching Arrangement: Double-throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate position stops during normal functioning, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Manual Switch Operation: Unloaded. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation.

D. Digital Communication Interface: Matched to capability of remote annunciator or annunciator and control panel.

E. In-Phase Monitor: Factory-wired, internal relay controls transfer so it occurs only when the two sources are synchronized in phase. Relay compares phase relationship and frequency difference between normal and emergency sources and initiates transfer when both sources are within 15-electrical degrees, and only if transfer can be completed within 60-electrical degrees. Transfer is initiated only if both sources are within 2-Hz of nominal frequency and 70-percent or more of nominal voltage.

F. Motor Disconnect and Timing Relay: Controls designate starters so they disconnect motors before transfer and reconnect them selectively at an adjustable time interval after transfer. Control connection to motor starters is through wiring external to automatic transfer switch. Time delay for reconnecting individual motor loads is adjustable between 1 and 60-seconds, and settings are as indicated. Relay contacts handling motor-control circuit inrush and seal currents are rated for actual currents to be encountered.

2.4 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER-SWITCH FEATURES
A. Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal Source: Senses low phase-to-ground voltage on each phase. Pickup voltage is adjustable from 85 to 100-percent of nominal,

8.a
Packet Pg. 492 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-5 ECB016200
July 2020
and dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 98-percent of pickup value. Factory set for pickup at 90-percent and dropout at 85-percent.

B. Time delay for override of normal-source voltage sensing delays transfer and engine start signals. Adjustable from zero to six seconds, and factory set for one second.

C. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevents premature transfer to generator. Pickup voltage is adjustable from 85 to 100-percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 90- percent. Pickup frequency is adjustable from 90 to 100-percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 95-percent.

D. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from 0 to 30-minutes, and factory set for 10-minutes. Provides automatic defeat of delay on loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of emergency source, provided normal supply has been restored.

E. Test Switch: Simulates normal-source failure.

F. Switch-Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected.

G. Source-Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer-switch normal- and emergency-source sensing circuits.

1. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source Available."

2. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Emergency Source Available."
H. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open, single-pole, double-throw contacts for each switch position, rated 10-A at 240-VAC.

I. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so automatic transfer switch will remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition of normal source. Pilot light indicates override status.

J. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed, and one isolated and normally open; rated 10-A at 32-VDC minimum.

K. Engine Shutdown Contacts: Time delay adjustable from zero to five minutes, and factory set for five minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote engine-generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source.

L. Engine-Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable-time switch starts engine generator and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period. Initiates exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30-days. Running periods are adjustable from 10 to 30-

8.a
Packet Pg. 493 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-6 ECB016200
July 2020
minutes. Factory settings are for 7-day exercise cycle, 20-minute running period, and 5- minute cool-down period. Exerciser features include the following:

1. Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection of exercise with and without load transfer.

2. Push-button programming control with digital display of settings.

3. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not available.

2.5 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM
A. Functional Description: Remote annunciator panel annunciates conditions for indicated transfer switches. Annunciation includes the following:

1. Sources available, as defined by actual pickup and dropout settings of transferswitch controls.

2. Switch position.

3. Switch in test mode.

4. Failure of communication link.

2.5 FINISHES
A. Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and primer.

2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment.

Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 16072- ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

8.a
Packet Pg. 494 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-7 ECB016200
July 2020
B. Floor-Mounted Switch: Anchor to floor by bolting.

1. Concrete Bases: 4-inches high, reinforced, with chamfered edges. Extend base no more than 2-inches in all directions beyond the maximum dimensions of switch, unless otherwise indicated. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Comply with Section 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.

C. Annunciator Panel Mounting: Flush in wall, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Identify components according to Section 16075-ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION.

3.2 WIRING TO REMOTE COMPONENTS
A. Match type and number of cables and conductors to control and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate required wiring.

3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground equipment according to Section 16060-GROUNDING AND BONDING.

B. Connect wiring according to Section 16120-CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.22.3. Certify compliance with test parameters.

3. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulationresistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test

8.a
Packet Pg. 495 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-8 ECB016200
July 2020
voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits.
a. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features.
b. Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed. c. Perform manual transfer operation.

4. After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least three times.
a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of emergency source with normal source available.
b. Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source. c. Verify time-delay settings.
d. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings.
e. Test bypass/isolation unit functional modes and related automatic transferswitch operations. f. Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values exceeding 500-microhms and values for 1-pole deviating by more than 50- percent from other poles.
g. Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting, transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power, and engine cool-down and shutdown.

5. Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices for power delivery from both sources.
a. Verify grounding connections and locations and ratings of sensors. b. Observe reaction of circuit-interrupting devices when simulated fault current is applied at sensors.

C. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently.

D. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.

E. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

8.a
Packet Pg. 496 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16415

TRANSFER SWITCHES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16415-9 ECB016200
July 2020

3.5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train OWNER's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related equipment as specified below. Refer to Division 1.

1. Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment. **END OF SECTION**

8.a
Packet Pg. 497 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16422

UTILITY SERVICES ENTRANCE
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16422-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16422

UTILITY SERVICES ENTRANCE
PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes arrangements with Utility Company for permanent electric service , including the following:

1. Underground Service entrance

2. Metering Equipment.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.

B. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, installed features and devices, and material lists.

1. Wiring Diagrams: Single-line diagram. Show connections between utility, metering equipment, and site loads.

C. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency.

D. Field quality-control test reports.

E. Provide seismic anchor calculations and drawings for review and approval.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs within a response period of less than eight hours from time of notification.

8.a
Packet Pg. 498 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16422

UTILITY SERVICES ENTRANCE
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16422-2 ECB016200
July 2020
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

C. Perform Work in accordance with Utility Company written requirements.

D. Comply with NFPA 70.

E. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Meter Switchboard:
a. Tesco Controls, Inc., Model 24-200
b. Or Approved Equal

2.2 UTILITY METER
A. Meter will be furnished by Utility Company.

2.3 UTILTY METER BASES
A. Meter base shall meet IID service guide requirements.

2.4 METER SWITCHBOARD
A. Switchboard enclosure shall be NEMA 3R. Made of 12 gauge hot dipped galvanized steel. Cabinet to be made of all welded construction.

8.a
Packet Pg. 499 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16422

UTILITY SERVICES ENTRANCE
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16422-3 ECB016200
July 2020
B. There shall be no exposed nuts, bolts, screws, rivets or other fasteners on the exterior.

C. Switchboard shall be powder coated ANSI 61 Gray.

2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory test and inspect components. Ensure proper operation. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPERATION
A. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 16072- ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

B. Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electric service to the project.

C. Coordinate location of Utility Company’s facilities to ensure proper access is available.

D. Obtain Utility Company’s Approval of the Service Distribution Switchboard submittal prior to fabrication.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install service entrance conduits from Utility Company's indicated point of connection to service entrance equipment per utility company drawings. Connect service lateral conductors to service entrance conductors.

B. Provide concrete pad for Utility Company transformer as indicated in Utility Company drawings.

3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground equipment according to Section 16060-GROUNDING AND BONDING.

B. Connect wiring according to Section 16120-CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

8.a
Packet Pg. 500 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16422

UTILITY SERVICES ENTRANCE
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16422-4 ECB016200
July 2020

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.22.3. Certify compliance with test parameters.

3. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulationresistance tester. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer.

Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits.
a. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features.

C. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. **END OF SECTION**

8.a
Packet Pg. 501 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16442

PANELBOARDS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16442-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16442

PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:

1. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturer’s technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment.

1. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following:
a. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
c. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. d. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.

2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Section 16072-ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SIESMIC RESTRAINTS.

Include the following:

1. Basis of Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.

8.a
Packet Pg. 502 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16442

PANELBOARDS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16442-2 ECB016200
July 2020
a. The term “withstand” means “the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified.”

2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

D. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

E. Field quality-control test reports including the following:

1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.

3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.

F. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards.

G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, include the following:

1. Manufacturer’s written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices.

2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: As independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency’s Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories through one source from a single manufacturer.

8.a
Packet Pg. 503 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16442

PANELBOARDS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16442-3 ECB016200
July 2020
D. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of panelboards and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section “Material and Equipment.”
E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities have jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

F. Comply with NEMA PB 1.

G. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 140-deg F (60-deg C).

2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6,600-feet (2,000-m).

B. Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions, as follows:

1. Ambient temperatures within limits specified.

2. Altitude not exceeding 6,600-feet (2,000-m).

C. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by OWNER or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to the requirements indicated:

1. Notify OWNER not fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service.

2. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without OWNER’s written permission.

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements.

B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.

Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

8.a
Packet Pg. 504 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16442

PANELBOARDS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16442-4 ECB016200
July 2020

1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Keys: Six spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products.

2. General Electric Company; Electrical Distribution & Protection Division.

3. Square D.

2.2 MANUFACTURERED UNITS
A. Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in Section 16072-ELECRICAL SUPPORTS ANS SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

B. Enclosures: Flush- and surface-mounted cabinets. NEMA PB 1, Type 1.

1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
b. Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 12.

2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box.

3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover.

4. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard enamel finish over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer coat.

5. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted in metal frame, inside panelboard door.

C. Phase and Ground Buses:

1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98-percent conductivity.

2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors; bound to box.

8.a
Packet Pg. 505 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16442

PANELBOARDS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16442-5 ECB016200
July 2020
D. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material.

1. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type.

2. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Compression type.

E. Service Equipment Labels: UL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with main service disconnect switches.

F. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices.

2.3 PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING
A. Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals.

2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units.

B. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.

2.5 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents.

1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits.

B. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles.

1. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material.

2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

8.a
Packet Pg. 506 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16442

PANELBOARDS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16442-6 ECB016200
July 2020
A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1.

B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 16 Section “Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints.”
C. Mount top of trim 74-inches (1,880-mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Mount plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish.

E. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers.

1. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges.

F. Install filler plates in unused spaces.

G. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties.

3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Section 16075-ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION.

B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable.

C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.

3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground equipment according to Section 16060-GROUNDING AND BONDING.

B. Connect wiring according to Section 16120-CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:

1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit.

2. Test continuity of each circuit.

B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

8.a
Packet Pg. 507 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16442

PANELBOARDS
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16442-7 ECB016200
July 2020

1. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 706 for molded-case circuit breakers.

Certify compliance with test parameters.

2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, or retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.

3.5 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish. ** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 508 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16461
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 VAC AND LESS)
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16461-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16461
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 VAC AND LESS)
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions for the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following types of dry-type transformers rated 600-VAC and less, with capacities up to 1000-kVA:

1. Distribution transformers.

2. Control and signal transformers.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of transformer indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Wiring and connection diagrams.

C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that transformer assembly and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Section 16072- ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS. Include the following:

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembles components or on calculation.
a. The term “withstand” means “the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified.”

2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions

3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

D. Source quality-control test reports.

8.a
Packet Pg. 509 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16461
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 VAC AND LESS)
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16461-2 ECB016200
July 2020
E. Output Settings Reports: Record of tap adjustments specified in Part 3.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. Comply with IEEE C 57.12.91.

C. Energy-Efficient Transformers Rated 15-kVA and Larger: Certified as meeting NEMA TP 1, Class 1 efficiency levels when tested according to NEMA TP 2.

1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.

Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

B. Coordinate installation of wall-mounting and structure-hanging supports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Cutler-Hammer.

2. GE Electrical Distribution & Control

3. Square D / Groupe Schneider NA.

2.2 MATERIALS
A. Description: Factory-assembled and tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service.

B. Cores: Grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel.

C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps.

8.a
Packet Pg. 510 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16461
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 VAC AND LESS)
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16461-3 ECB016200
July 2020

1. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type.

2. Coil Material: Copper.

2.3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
A. Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561.

B. Provide transformers that are internally braced to withstand seismic forces specified in Section 16072-ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

C. Cores: One leg per phase.

D. Enclosures: Ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2.

E. Indoor Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEAM 250 for “Indoor Corrosion Protection.”

1. Finish Color: Grey.

F. Insulation Class: 220-deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150-deg C rise above 40-deg C ambient temperature.

G. Taps for Transformers Smaller Than 3 kVA: None.

H. Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5-percent taps above and two 2.5- percent taps below normal full capacity.

I. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer’s standard brackets.

J. Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for coil and core.

K. Low-Sound-Level Requirements: Minimum of 3-dBA less than NEMA ST 20 standard sound levels when factory tested according to IEEE C57.12.91.

L. Low-Sound-Level Requirements: Maximum sound levels, when factory tested according to IEEE C57.12.91.

2.4 CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS
A. Description: Self-cooled, two-winding dry tape, rated for continuous duty, complying with NEMA ST 1, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 506.

8.a
Packet Pg. 511 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16461
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 VAC AND LESS)
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16461-4 ECB016200
July 2020
B. Ratings: Continuous duty. If rating is not indicated, provide at least 50-percent spare capacity above connected peak load.

2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.91 B. Factory Sound-Level Tests: Conduct sound-level tests on equipment for this Project.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer.

B. Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer’s written instructions.

C. Examine walls and floors for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install wall-mounting transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by transformer manufacturer.

1. Brace wall-mounting transformers as specified in Section 16072-ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

B. Install floor-mounting transformers level on concrete bases. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4-inches (100-mm) larger in both directions than supported unit and 4-inches (100-mm) high.

1. Anchor transformers to concrete bases according to manufacturer’s written instructions, seismic codes at Project, and requirements in Section 16072- ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS.

3.3 CONNECTIONS

8.a
Packet Pg. 512 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16461
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 VAC AND LESS)
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16461-5 ECB016200
July 2020
A. Ground equipment according to Section 16060-GROUNDING AND BONDING.

B. Connect wiring according to Section 16120-CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer’s published torquetightening values. If manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A.

3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48-hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10-percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 5-percent. Submit recording and tap settings as test results.

B. Output Setting Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings. ** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 513 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16491
FUSES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16491-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16491
FUSES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions for the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:

1. Cartridge fuses rated 600-VAC and less for use in switches and controllers.

2. Spare-fuse cabinets.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include the following for each fuse type indicated:

1. Dimensions and manufacturer’s technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, and ratings.

2. Let-through current curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics.

3. Time-current curves, coordination charts and tables, and related data.

4. Fuse size for elevator feeders and elevator disconnect switches.

B. Ambient Temperature Adjustment Information: If ratings of fuses have been adjusted to accommodate ambient temperatures, provide list of fuses with adjusted ratings.

C.

1. For each fuse having adjusted ratings, include location of fuse, original fuse rating, local ambient temperature, and adjusted fuse rating.

2. Provide manufacturer’s technical data on which ambient temperature adjustment calculations are based.

8.a
Packet Pg. 514 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16491
FUSES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16491-2 ECB016200
July 2020
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuses to indicate in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1. In addition to items specified in Section 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, include the following:
a. Let-through current curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics. b. Time-current curves, coordination charts and tables, and related data. c. Ambient temperature adjustment information.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses from a single manufacturer.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Comply with NEMA FU 1.

D. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40-deg F (5-deg C) or more than 100-deg F (38-deg C), apply manufacturer’s ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings.

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size.

1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Fuses: Quantity equal to three sets of each fuse type and size.

8.a
Packet Pg. 515 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16491
FUSES
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16491-3 ECB016200
July 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CARTRIDGE FUSES
A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class and current rating indicated; voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment.

B. Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to fuse ratings.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS
A. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse.

3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labels indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch. ** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 516 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16511

LIGHTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16511-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16511

LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions for the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:

1. Lighting fixtures, lamps, and ballasts.

2. Lighting fixture supports.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. BF: Ballast factor.

B. CRI: Color-rendering index.

C. CU: Coefficient of utilization.

D. HID: High-intensity discharge.

E. LER: Luminaire efficacy rating.

F. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing if provided.

G. RCR: Room cavity ratio.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation.

Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following.

1. Physical description of lighting fixture including dimensions.

8.a
Packet Pg. 517 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16511

LIGHTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16511-2 ECB016200
July 2020

2. Ballast.

3. Energy-efficiency data.

4. Life, output, and energy-efficiency data for lamps.

B. Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstrandard or custom lighting fixtures. Indicate dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories.

1. Wiring Diagrams: Power wiring.

C. Field quality-control test reports.

D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For lighting equipment and fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment.

1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty for Emergency Lighting Batteries: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer of battery-powered emergency lighting unit agrees to repair or replace components of rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period for Emergency Fluorescent Ballast Batteries: Seven years from date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, and prorated warranty for the remaining six years.

8.a
Packet Pg. 518 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16511

LIGHTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16511-3 ECB016200
July 2020
B. Special Warranty for Ballasts: Manufacturer’s standard form in which ballast manufacturer agrees to repair or replace ballasts that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period for Electronic Ballasts: Five years for date of Substantial Completion.

C. Special Warranty for T8 Fluorescent Lamps: Manufacturer’s standard form, made out to OWNER and signed by lamp manufacturer agreeing to replace lamps that fail in materials or workmanship, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below.

1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective coverings for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Lamps: Furnish two of each type.

2. Plastic Diffusers and Lenses: Furnish at one of each type.

3. Ballast: Furnish at least one of each type.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MAUFACTURERS
A. Provide lighting fixtures and manufacturers as specified in drawings.

2.2 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable.

B. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.

C. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.

8.a
Packet Pg. 519 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16511

LIGHTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16511-4 ECB016200
July 2020
D. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position.

E. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:

1. White Surfaces: 85-percent.

2. Specular Surfaces: 83-percent.

3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75-percent.

4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90-percent.

F. Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes:

1. Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100-percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. a. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125-inch (3.175-mm) minimum unless different thickness is indicated.
b. UV stabilized.

2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated.

2.3 BALLASTS FOR LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS
A. Electronic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.11; instant-start type, unless otherwise indicated, and designed for type and quantity of lamps served. Ballasts shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi-level control is indicated.

1. Sound Rating: A.

2. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 10-percent.

3. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better.

4. Operating Frequency: 20-kHz or higher.

5. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less.

6. BF: 0.85 or higher.

7. Power Factor: 0.95 or higher.

8. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts shall comply with ANSI C 82.11 and shall be connected to maintain full light output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail.

8.a
Packet Pg. 520 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16511

LIGHTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16511-5 ECB016200
July 2020

2.6 FLUORESCENT LAMPS
A. Low-Mercury Lamps: Comply with EPA’s toxicity characteristic leaching procedure test; shall yield less than 0.2-mg of mercury per liter when tested according to NEMA LL 1.

B. T8 rapid-start low-mercury lamp, rated 32-W maximum, nominal length of 48-inches (1220-mm), 2800 initial lemens (minimum), CRI 75 (minimum), color temperature 3500-K, and average rated life 20,000-hours, unless otherwise indicated.

2.7 LED LAMPS
A. LED Optical Assembly: Number of LED arrays shall vary to accommodate desired luminaire output. BUG uplight rating of U0 with backlight and glare ratings as determined by lighting zone installed. Minimum Color Rendering Index (CRI) shall be 70 for Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) of 4,000 to 4,500 Degrees K.

B. Power Supply/LED Driver: Provide in separate compartment accessible without the use of hand tools. Class 1 driver shall operate at 120/277V, 50/60 HZ. Power factor shall be greater than 0.9 and THD less than 20% at full load. Minimum efficacy shall be 60 LM/W at maximum 600mA operating current. Surge protection shall be rated at 6 kV minimum, compliant with ANSI C62.41.2.

2.8 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Comply with Division 16 Section “Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints” for channeland angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.

B. Single-Stem Hangers: ½-inch (13-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture.

C. Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, ½-inch (13-mm) steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture.

2.9 POLES AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Characteristics: Comply with AASHTO LTS-4.

1. Wind-Load Strength of Poles: Adequate at indicated heights above grade without failure, permanent deflection, or whipping in steady winds of speed indicated in Part 1 “Structural Analysis Criteria for Pole Selection” Article, with a gust factor of 1.3.

8.a
Packet Pg. 521 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16511

LIGHTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16511-6 ECB016200
July 2020

2. Strength Analysis: For each pole, multiply the actual equivalent projected area of luminaries and brackets by a factor of 1.1 to obtain the equivalent projected area to be used in pole selection strength analysis.

B. Luminaire Attachment Provisions: Comply with luminaire manufacturer’s mounting requirements. Use stainless-steel fasteners and mounting bolts, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Mounting, Fasteners, and Appurtenances: Corrosion-resistant items compatible with support components.

1. Materials: Shall not cause galvanic action at contact points.

2. Anchor Bolts, Leveling Nuts, Bolt Caps, and Washers: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, unless stainless-steel items are indicated.

3. Anchor-Bolt Template: Plywood or steel.

D. Concrete Pole Foundations: Cast in place, with anchor bolts to match pole-base flange.

Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.

E. Pole mounted LED Light Fixtures Required Options: Photocell and receptacle, bird spikes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture.

B. Suspended Lighting Fixture Support:

1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48-inches (1200-mm), brace to limit swinging.

2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspended with twin-stem hangers.

3. Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each end.

C. Connect wiring according to Section 16120-CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

8.a
Packet Pg. 522 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Section 16511

LIGHTING
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16511-7 ECB016200
July 2020

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards.
** END OF SECTION **

8.a
Packet Pg. 523 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SECTION 16903
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM “CONTROL PANEL”
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16903-1 ECB016200
July 2020
SECTION 16903

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM
“CONTROL PANEL”
The lift station is a complete pre-engineered and pre-fabricated system. The controls and control panel are an integrated and critical part of the entire system. The following summary is not a random specification. It is, in fact a complete electrical control system for the Romtec Utilities, Inc. lift station. If there are conflicts between this specification and Appendix C, then Appendix C will govern.

PART 1-GENERAL (Standard Romtec Utilities, Inc. Control Panel per the following):

1.1 ENCLOSURE, BACK PANEL AND SWING PANEL
A. The panel enclosure will be stainless steel. Panel must have removable door, hinges constructed of Type 304 stainless steel and stainless steel hinge pins. Enclosure standards must meet UL 508 and CSA for NEMA 3R. Enclosure must comply with NEMA Type 3R and IEC 529, IP66. Enclosure dimensions must be 60”H x48”W x 16” D minimum.

B. Back-panel construction must be 12 or 14 gauge steel.

C. Swing Panel must be 12-gauge steel construction. Swing Panel must also maintain UL, CSA, and NEMA ratings when installed. All operational status components will be mounted on the swing panel. Items included will be all alarm indicators, overload resets, HOA’s, MultiTrode (MT3PC-VFD), elapsed time meters, etc.

1.2 CONTROLS
A. Pump Circuits provided must be adequate to meet all the requirements of the system.

Components used must include with the following:

1. Pump Motor Starters must be NEMA rated and properly sized to ensure proper operation of the pumps.

2. Pump Circuit Breakers must be Molded Case and rated properly to ensure proper operation of the pumps.

3. Applications with three-phase power must supply phase protection. All applications single or three phase require surge protection.

4. All three-phase applications will require a transformer to convert voltage to 120-VAC for controls operation.

5. Transformer must use a circuit breaker on the primary side and have a controls circuit breaker on the secondary. Transformer must be sized properly to accommodate all controls functions.

6. Primary level sensing SITRANS XPS-15 Ultrasonic Transducer/Siemens.

8.a
Packet Pg. 524 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SECTION 16903
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM “CONTROL PANEL”
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16903-2 ECB016200
July 2020

7. Back up level sensing Probe/MultiTrode.

8. 100-Watt heater with an internally regulated thermostat.

9. Logic module to work in accordance with the electrical system.

10. Accommodations for Intrinsically Safe inputs into control panel to determine pump run and alarm conditions. Intrinsically Safe control panels must comply with UL 913 as well as UL 508.

11. Second Intrinsically Safe system must also be incorporated into the system as a back-up system fault indicator.

12. Seal Fail Relays must be provided for the pumps. Seal Fail units must be operable with 24-VAC or 120-VAC with a maximum voltage of 12-VDC to sensors.

13. Control system must also incorporate alarm conditions from the Generator/ATS.

Conditions to be monitored include General Alarm, Power Fail and Generator Run. All alarm conditions must be tied to Dry Contacts to provide signals for SCADA/Telemetry.

Dry contacts must also be provided for Pump Run conditions.

14. Expandability provisions must also be made including: 120-VAC termination must be included to provide power for SCADA/Telemetry systems. Terminations points for Audible Alarm, Caged Flashing Light, General Alarm and Dialer must also be included.

Dialer provisions must also include pre-wired Power Fail and General Alarm.

1.3 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS
A. All wiring must be labeled at both termination points.

B. All components must be labeled with engraved labels, black back with white lettering.

C. Controls must be provided by the complete lift station system supplier for (all structural, mechanical, electrical, and communications/excludes contractor) D. Controls must be UL 508 and 913 listed, and minimum 1-year warranty.

PART 2 - GENERAL (Standard Romtec Utilities, Inc. Disconnect Panel per the following):

2.1 ENCLOSURE, BACK PANEL AND SWING PANEL
A. The panel enclosure will be Type 304 Stainless Steel. Panel must have removable door, hinges constructed of Type 304 stainless steel and stainless steal hinge pins. Enclosure standards must meet UL 508 and CSA for NEMA 4X. Enclosure must comply with NEMA Type 4X and IEC 529, IP66. Enclosure dimensions must be 30”H x 30”W x 8”D minimum.

8.a
Packet Pg. 525 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SECTION 16903
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM “CONTROL PANEL”
El Centro
Southern Pump Station 16903-3 ECB016200
July 2020
B. Back-panel construction must be 12 or 14-gauge steel.

C. Swing Panel must be 12-gauge steel construction. Swing Panel must also maintain UL, CSA, and NEMA ratings when installed.

D. Interior of panel enclosure shall be separated into an intrinsically safe side and non-intrinsically safe side.

2.2 PUMP DISCONNECT STAND
A. The pump disconnect panel stand shall be constructed from Type 304 stainless steel. The stand shall have a panel mounting height of a minimum of 30-inches. The stand will provide a lockable door that opens toward the center of the wet well; and when in the locked position will secure the outside end of the Romtec Utilities, Inc. cable hatch. The stand shall be constructed with materials and in a manor that there will be free movement of the outside air. The stand shall be constructed with legs that extend down past the top of the top slab, to allow (4) 1/2-inch (6-foot) or 5/8-inch (8-foot) anchor bolts bolted to pre-cast inserts, to secure the stand to the side of the top slab.

2.3 CONTROLS
A. Provide Meltric decontactors model DSN receptacles to mate with the pump plug, horsepower rated to match the provided pumps. Decontactors shall be UL listed as a plug/receptacle and a disconnect, horsepower rated and switch rated to UL Standards 1682, 98 and 508. The decontactor shall be heavy duty, watertight (NEMA 4X, IP67) and non-metallic receptacle matched to the pump plug.

B. Provide intrinsically safe barriers mounted in the intrinsically safe side of the disconnect panel.

Provide a 10-channel barrier for the primary level control and a 5-channel barrier for the redundant systems. Provide a terminal strip, mounted in the non-intrinsically safe side of the disconnect panel, for pump power and the internal sensors for each pump.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS
A. All wiring must be labeled at both termination points.

B. All components must be labeled with engraved labels, black back with white lettering.

C. Controls must be provided by the complete lift station system supplier for (all structural, mechanical, electrical, and communications/excludes contractor) D. Controls must be UL 508 and 913 listed, and minimum 1-year warranty. ** END OF SECTION**

8.a
Packet Pg. 526 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

CITY OF EL CENTRO

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

APPENDICES
For the
Construction of

SOUTHERN PUMP STATION
Specifications
Psomas
San Diego, CA

8.a
Packet Pg. 527 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Appendix A
Geotechnical Report

8.a
Packet Pg. 528 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 529
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 530
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 531
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 532
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 533
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 534
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 535
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 536
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 537
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 538
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 539
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 540
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 541
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 542
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 543
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 544
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 545
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 546
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 547
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 548
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 549
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 550
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 551
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 552
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 553
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 554
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 555
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 556
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 557
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 558
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 559
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 560
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 561
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 562
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 563
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 564
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 565
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 566
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 567
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 568
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 569
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 570
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 571
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 572
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 573
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 574
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 575
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 576
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 577
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 578
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 579
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 580
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 581
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 582
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 583
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 584
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 585
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 586
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 587
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 588
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 589
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 590
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 591
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 592
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 593
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 594
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 595
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 596
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 597
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 598
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 599
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 600
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 601
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 602
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 603
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 604
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 605
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 606
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 607
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 608
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 609
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 610
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 611
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 612
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 613
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 614
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 615
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 616
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 617
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 618
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 619
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 620
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 621
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 622
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 623
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 624
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 625
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 626
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 627
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 628
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 629
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 630
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 631
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 632
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 633
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 634
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Appendix B UPPR Permit

8.a
Packet Pg. 635 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 1 Brianna Lutes
From: Javier Luna <[email protected]>
Sent: Wednesday, November 18, 2020 10:56 AM
To: Sean Diaz
Cc: Felix De Leon Jr; Hector Salcedo
Subject: FW: Folder 3231-23 El Centro, CA / Construction Observation Requirements Attachments: Work Plan Form.docx; Track Monitoring Guideline.pdf; Observer Costs.pdf; Flagger Costs.pdf.pdf; Project and Billing Form.pdf
Sean,
Please see the following information provided by UPRR, and incorporate this information to the special provision as UPRR Requirements. The Contractor will have to complete the highlighted items shown below (not the UPRR Utility Agreement – City’s responsibility)
Thanks,
Javy Luna, P.E.

Senior Engineer
City of El Centro | 1275 W. Main Street, El Centro, CA 92243 Office 760.337.5182 | Direct 760.337.9031 | Cell 760.604.0817 [email protected] | www.cityofelcentro.org
From: RP Utility <[email protected]>
Sent: Friday, October 2, 2020 1:32 PM
To: Javier Luna <[email protected]>
Cc: Utilities Office Staff <[email protected]> Subject: Folder 3231-23 El Centro, CA / Construction Observation Requirements CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the City of El Centro. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content to be safe.

Hello,
It has come to my attention (via UP Real Estate Dept.) that this utility installation on, under, or above the UPRR tracks for Folder 3231-23 El Centro, CA has been assigned to have Construction Observation (Article X of the 12 agreement).

Will you please reply to this email with any updates (is the project in design phase, bid phase, or when will this project go to construction, etc.?) and / or forward this email onto whom (contractor) I will be working with on the items below.

This utility installation has been assigned to have two (2) individuals onsite (Observer and Flagger. Please be aware that direction / instruction concerning which company will provide flagging services will be given when the fully executed UP Agreement is released). I have highlighted the Construction Observation requirements that need to be complete before construction takes place on, under or above UPRR property.

The RailPros team looks forward to working with you. Please feel free to call with any questions. We are here to help. · Marianne O’Bagy ([email protected] or 801-815-2884) for document control questions · Jason Murray ([email protected] or 248-974-3362) for engineering / field related questions

8.a
Packet Pg. 636 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 2 IMPORTANT – PLEASE READ
Be sure to reference your FOLDER NUMBER (3231-23) in any correspondence as RailPros receives hundreds of emails.

It can take up to 30 days to satisfy all the UPRR Construction Observation requirements:

1. UPRR Utility Agreement – Not Complete

2. *RailPros Flagger and Observer – Not Complete
□ Complete the aFached Project and Billing form and return to [email protected] and the following will be sent for processing:
□ Observer Agreement
□ Flagger Quote and Services Agreement (SA)
and
□ Email the UPRR representative (contact info given in the fully executed UPRR Agreement), include the fully executed UPRR agreement, to inform them of construction in their region (UPRR requires all projects in the southern region to contact UPRR for approval if RailPros is to flag) IMPORTANT: Please be aware that per the RailPros Agreement it is expected to have the Observer assigned consecutive days (Mon. – Sat. at a minimum) to avoid additional fees.

3. Work Plan Form – Not Complete
□ Complete the aFached Work Plan form and submit to [email protected] IMPORTANT: The Work Plan Form is required to verify the Contractor’s methods and materials are meeting or exceeding UPRR standards and practices and are the same approved in the UPRR Agreement.

4. Locate UPRR Signal Cables – Not Complete
□ Email the UP Mgr. Signal Mntce. (contact info given in the fully executed UPRR Agreement) □ Give the depth of the casing, the MP and Subdivision (given in Exhibit A of the UPRR Agreement) □ Ask them to reply to your email with any instrucIons
IMPORTANT: Cc [email protected]

5. UPRR Telecommunications (“Call Before U Dig”) – Not Complete □ Call 1-800-336-9193 to generate an active ticket or to renew an existing ticket □ 48 business hours to become acIve and acIve for 14 days □ Forward the CBUD Ticket to [email protected] IMPORTANT: Each contractor who will be digging / drilling on UPRR property must be named on a ticket. *Two (2) separate RailPros agreements need to be signed (flagger and observer), therefore, additional fees are associated with these requirement(s).
“Safety is Union Pacific’s #1 priority and extends to all who come on Union Pacific properties.” Union Pacific Property Access Training (UP-PAT) can be found here: https://www.up.com/aboutup/community/safety/erailsafe/uppat/index.htm Please review the following link to ensure compliance with all UPRR PPE Requirements:
https://www.up.com/cs/groups/public/@uprr/@suppliers/documents/up_pdf_nativedocs/pdf_up_supplier_safety_req. pdf
Thank you,
RP Utility Team
From: Valerie A. Harrill
Sent: Monday, September 28, 2020 11:49 AM
To: [email protected]

8.a
Packet Pg. 637 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 3 Cc: RP Utility
Subject: Agreement for Execution - Folder # 3231-23 - City of El Centro, CA - On-site Construction Observation Required Attached is an agreement and cover letter with instructions. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me.

Sincerely,
Valerie A. Harrill
Assistant Manager | Union Pacific Railroad | Real Estate 1400 Douglas St, STOP 1690 | Omaha, NE 68179
P: 402.544.8801 |[email protected]
**
This email and any attachments may contain information that is confidential and/or privileged for the sole use of the intended recipient. Any use, review, disclosure, copying, distribution or reliance by others, and any forwarding of this email or its contents, without the express permission of the sender is strictly prohibited by law. If you are not the intended recipient, please contact the sender immediately, delete the e-mail and destroy all copies. **

8.a
Packet Pg. 638 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

WORK PLAN
Union Pacific Railroad Folder Number:

Date Submitted to RailPros Field Services:

Work Plan Directions:

This project has been identified by Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR) as requiring third party construction observation. RailPros will be providing the Construction Observation services for this project and is here to assist in moving this project to completion.

The Union Pacific Railroad Real Estate Agreement outlines the requirements and standards for this installation. This work plan describes the specific details of the project, in terms of the site layout, schedule, means and methods, and general requirements, to ensure compliance with the agreement. This work plan, once released, is the basis that the Construction Observer will assess the work. Any field changes from the work plan shall be submitted via email to [email protected] for review and must meet or exceed UPRR and/or AREMA standards.

Work Plan Submittal Check List: (Please check off all requirements in list, or strike through text if item is not required)

1. Engineering Plan and Profile (Exhibit A does not qualify):
a. Mark locations of launch and receiving locations.
b. Dimension the distances from the centerline of track and any existing utilities. c. Dimension depth of excavation.
d. Railroad right of way and railroad tracks clearly outlined

2. Track Monitoring Plan (if required):
a. See attached Track Monitoring Guideline (pdf)

3. HDD Installations Only:
a. Inadvertent Return Contingency Plan (Frac-Out Plan)
b. HDD Plan Requirements

4. Shoring Plan Only for excavation within UPRR property and Zone A or Zone B:
a. Calculations for shoring within zone a.
b. Cut sheets for proprietary systems as applicable.
c. Description of shoring to include but is not limited to:
d. Exploration (pot holing)
e. Demolition
f. Excavation
g. Fall protection/confined space entry
h. Work process
i. Backfill
j. Close-out
k. Contingencies which include weather events and hazmat l. Reference the following link to assure compliance.

Https://www.up.com/cs/groups/public/@uprr/@customers/@industrialdevelopment/@operationsspecs/@spe cifications/documents/up_pdf_nativedocs/pdf_up_str_temp-shoring.pdf Prime Contractor Contact Name:

Email Address:

Phone Number:

Note: The field contact will be asked to sign the daily report to verify hours.

Sub-Contractor (if performing the installation) Contact Name:

Email Address:

Phone Number:

Note: The field contact will be asked to sign the daily report to verify hours.

8.a
Packet Pg. 639 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Project Information
Item Response Item Response
Lat/Long (Decimal Form) Number of Tracks
Method of Installation
(HDD, Jack and Bore, Etc.) Casing Pipe Length
Depth from top of pipe to base of rail Casing Pipe Type Distance from face of receiving pit to Nearest
Track CL Casing Pipe Diameter
Distance from face of jacking pit to Nearest
Track CL Casing Pipe Thickness
Excavation depth of jacking pit from base of
rail Carrier Pipe Type
Excavation depth of receiving pit from base of
rail Carrier Pipe Diameter
Estimated Start Date Carrier Pipe Thickness
Estimated Project Duration (on, under, or
above UPRR property)
Is the crossing within a
roadway?
Will there be hot work within UPRR ROW?
(welding, open flame, cutting, etc.)
Will there be
abandonment work
within UPRR ROW?
Description of Work: Provide a description of Means and Methods the contractor will use to complete the authorized work on, under, or above UPRR property. Excavation or potholing within 15 feet of track centerline is not acceptable, unless approved by UPRR Engineering.

Equipment: Machine Make & Model:

Description of Process:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

Please review the following link to ensure compliance with all UPRR PPE Requirements. https://www.up.com/cs/groups/public/@uprr/@suppliers/documents/up_pdf_nativedocs/pdf_up_supplier_safety_req.pdf Track Monitoring: Track Monitoring Plan is required in accordance with the UPRR Track Monitoring Guideline (attached). If work is occurring in more than one (1) shift, Track Monitoring is required during all shifts. Send track monitoring data to [email protected].

Survey Company:

Name of Surveyor: Instrument:

Will you be using adhesive targets for the track monitoring? Yes or No Description of Process:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

Please review the following link to ensure compliance with all UPRR PPE Requirements. https://www.up.com/cs/groups/public/@uprr/@suppliers/documents/up_pdf_nativedocs/pdf_up_supplier_safety_req.pdf

8.a
Packet Pg. 640 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) GUIDELINES FOR ABANDONMENT AND REMOVAL of SUBSURFACE UTILITY STRUCTURES, MAY 2018 3 2. Track and Ground Monitoring
A. General track and ground monitoring requirements

1. General requirement
i. Temporary lighting may also be required by the Railroad to identify tripping hazards to train crewmen and other Railroad personnel.
ii. Any excavation, holes or trenches on the Railroad property shall be covered, guarded and/or protected. Handrails, fence, or other barrier methods must meet OSHA and FRA requirements.

2. Track and ground monitoring are required as follows:
i. For crossings with pipe diameter and depth (below base of rail) as shown below in Table 2-1.
ii. For shoring within Zone A of any track, as shown below in Figure 2-1. iii. Additional monitoring may be required by the Railroad on a case by case basis.

3. Monitoring schedule
i. Monitoring shall commence once any construction activity is within Zone A. See Figure 2-1.
ii. Monitoring shall continue, after installation is complete, for 7 days or as required by the Railroad.
a. For large and/or shallow pipeline installations monitoring may be required for up to 30 days.

Table 2-1
Figure 2-1
<=6 <=12 <=18 <=24 <=30 <=36 <=42 <=48 <=54 <=60 >60
<=5 X X X X X X X X X X X
<=10 X X X X X X X X X X X
<=15 X X X X X X X X X X X
<=20 X X X X X X X X X
<=25 X X X X X X X
<=30 X X X X
>30 X X
X = Monitoring is required
Depth, feet
(below base of rail)

8.a
Packet Pg. 641 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) GUIDELINES FOR ABANDONMENT AND REMOVAL of SUBSURFACE UTILITY STRUCTURES, MAY 2018 4 B. Track Monitoring

1. Track Deflection Limits
i. The top of rail shall not permanently deflect more than ¼ inch vertical or horizontal.

2. Targets
i. Track monitoring shall not require track access other than to place the track monitoring targets.
ii. Monitoring targets should be placed such that monitoring is possible when a train is present. However, monitoring during the passing of a train is not required as the train will temporarily deflect the track.
iii. Adhesive backed reflective targets may be attached to the side of the rail temporarily. Targets should be removed once monitoring phase is complete.

3. Monitoring Plan
i. If the top of rail does deflect more than 1/4 inch, all operations shall stop until the matter is resolved.
ii. Provide established contingency plan, See Section 2.D, in the event of ground loss and/or the rail deviates ¼ inch vertical or horizontal. iii. Establish a bench mark in the vicinity of the construction. Establish locations for shooting elevations on the top of rail at each area of construction. a. Example locations for shooting rail elevations would be at:
 At the centerline of an under track crossing.
 At both outside edges of the crossing. ie. For a wide excavation.  At multiple locations from the crossing/excavation edge but no less than 10, 20, 30, 40 and 50 feet from the crossing.
iv. Monitoring shall be continuous and recorded in a field log book dedicated for this purpose. Copies of these field log entries can be made available to all concerned parties upon request at any time during construction.

C. Ground Monitoring

1. Provide means for monitoring ground settlement. Submit monitoring plan for Railroad review.

2. Ground monitoring points should be in alignment above the proposed construction activities.

D. Contingency Plans

1. The Contractor shall supply Contingency Plan(s), which anticipate reaching the Threshold and Shutdown values, for all construction activities which may result in horizontal and/or vertical track deflection.
i. Track monitoring values:
a. Threshold value = 1/8 inch permanent vertical or horizontal deflection b. Shutdown value = 1/4 inch permanent vertical or horizontal deflection

2. The Contingency Plans shall provide means and methods, with options if necessary.

3. The Contractor should anticipate the need to implement each Contingency Plan with required materials, equipment and personnel.
i. Once the Threshold value is met, the contractor shall determine the appropriate Contingency Plan(s) and immediately discuss this plan with, and receive approval confirmation from, the Railroad.
ii. Once the Shutdown value is exceeded all project work shall stop and the chosen Contingency Plan shall commence.
a. The Railroad may choose to allow and/or require the immediate implementation of specific approved Contingency Plans, submitted by the Contractor, once the Shutdown value is exceeded.

8.a
Packet Pg. 642 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) This Quote is based on RailPros standard labor rates and does not take into any account prevailing wage requirements. If prevailing wages are applicable for this project, RailPros will re-quote based on the prevailing wage requirements.

8.a
Packet Pg. 643 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

The daily ratesforsaid services to be provided under this Agreement are based on eight (8) hours per day and will be as follows:
• Mobilization/Administrative Fee………….$1,000 per Observer Required (each project will incur a fee for travel and administrative costs per Observer). 24 Hour continuous work requires two Observers. Project must be cancelled 4 business days prior to the scheduled start date to avoid additional mobilization fee. Multiple mobilization fees or additional labor fees will be charged if the project cannot be constructed in consecutive days or if there is a delay during installation.
• Construction Observation Fee……………….$1,200/Standard 8-hour day. Overtime rate after 8 hours $175 per hour.

Nights, Weekends, and Holidays $1,400/Standard 8-hour day. Overtime rate after 8 hours $175 per hour (Requires a minimum of 10-business days’ notification).
• Surcharge Fee…………………………………….… Activity in certain regions of the U.S. has created high demand for hotel rooms and increased related travel costs. The Project falls within such a region, therefore a surcharge of $0.00 per day will be added to the invoice.

8.a
Packet Pg. 644 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

Customer Billing Information Request
Company Information
Company Name:

Street Address:

City, State, Zip:

Phone:

Email:

Billing Information
Company Name:

Billing Contact Name:

Street Address:

City, State, Zip:

Phone:

Email:

Do you need a W-9 or new
vendor information sheet from
RailPros? (Please attach)
YES NO
How would you like to receive
your invoice? SourceHub EMAIL MAIL FAX
PO# (if required):

Prevailing Wage Information
Will our Flagman fall under a Prevailing
Wage Requirement for the Project? If
yes, please note a revised quote may
need to be provided for our services.

YES NO
(If yes, please complete the section below.)
Project Name:

Project Number:

City:

County:

State:

Will certified payroll reports be required? YES NO
If yes, who will the reports
need to go to?
Name:

Phone Number:

Email:
(for RailPros Field Services use only)
Job Number:

Billing Info Confirmed: Name: Date:

Assigned RWIC/Flagger:

RWIC/Flagger Rate:

8.a
Packet Pg. 645 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

Customer Project Information Request
Project Information
Field Contact Person(s):

Mobile Number(s):

Email(s):

Estimated Start Date:

Estimated Duration for Flagman:

Work Schedule:

Daily Start/End Time:

City and State:

Railroad Subdivision:

Railroad Mile Post:

Project Description:

Will any type of equipment be used? YES NO
If yes, what type?
How close will it be to the tracks?
If instructed by the Railroad, have all
on-site personnel completed the
Railroad Safety Training?

YES NO N/A
By checking this box, I acknowledge that if any ground will be disturbed or excavated upon UP Railroad property, that I will comply with UP's requirements and contact the local UP MSM, in accordance with my permit.

I acknowledge
Additional comments:

8.a
Packet Pg. 646 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Appendix C Romtec

8.a
Packet Pg. 647 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

PROJECT INFO PACKAGE/STARTUP
Job Name: Offering:

Company: Mechanical:

Contact: Pumps:

Job Type: Control Panel:

Water Type/Source: Generator:

Import/Domestic: Advisor/Startup:

Turnkey:

FLOW RATE
Peak Inflow: 1500 GPM 972.25
Pumping Rate: 1500 GPM (of single pump)
Static Head: 26.8 Feet 970.55
TDH: 48.7 Feet
TDH Calcs: RU Calcs

ACTIVE VOLUME
Max Pump Starts: 10.00 Starts/Hr
Cycle Time: 6.00 Minutes 967.00
Active Volume: 2250.00 Gallons
Active Volume: 300.79 Cu Feet
Well Shape: Round
Well Diameter: 10 Feet
Well Dimensions: N/A N/A
Cross-Section Area: 78.54 Sq Feet
Min. Depth Required: 3.83 Feet
Active Depth: 3.90 Feet
STORAGE VOLUME (if required)
Time: Minutes 947.78
Flow Rate: GPM 945.65
Volume: 0.00 Gallons 945.15
Volume: 0.00 Cu. Feet
Min. Depth Required: 0.00 Feet 944.15
Storage Depth: Feet
940.25

ON-SITE POWER
Power:

FORCE MAIN
FM Info: New Single FM 936.25
Length: 2379.76 3337.20 existing
FM Discharge: 954.70 Feet 935.25
FM High Point: 967.00 Feet
(1) (2) (3) Note: Image is a preliminary representation of the pumping system.

Nominal ID: 14" Elevations shown are the primary factors used for sizing the wet well.

Type/Rating: Backup levels not shown. Additional (or fewer) level settings may be required.

INFLUENT PIPING (1) (2) (3)
Influent Invert: 947.78
Influent Size: 21"
Type: PVC (IPS)
DESIGN CRITERIA - WWP10D-VM-D0400-1500x50-10D-43-DPBO
General Specification
A. The package pump station supplier of the sewer lift station shall be Romtec Utilities. The package pump station supplier shall design and draw the complete lift station including the wet well structure and associated piping and valves along with the control panel and the associated schematics.

B. The package pump station supplier shall be solely responsible for proper prefabrication, integration, supply, performance, and warranty of all package pump station components delineated in this specification and on the drawings, which shall be used as a guide of the minimum product specifications that shall be met.

C. The package pump station supplier work shall include designing and supplying the piping, mechanical, and appurtenances within and adjacent to the wet well as a complete, predesigned, packaged pump station as described herein.

D. The drawings shall be of sufficient detail for the Engineer to review for conformity to the contract. All drawings shall include elevations on the same datum point as in the contract plans.

E. Romtec Utilities will manufacture and deliver the pump station as described below to the job site for the contractor. A representative of Romtec Utilities will be present the day of the underground installation.

F. The package pump station supplier is responsible for overseeing all start-up, testing and training procedures.

Import Acceptable
PVC C905 DR 18
480V / 3-Phase
Wastewater (Sewage)
New Station
SOUTHERN PUMP Complete System
All by Romtec Utilities
By Romtec Utilities
By Romtec Utilities
By Romtec Utilities
Mechanical & Electrical
No

SOUTHERN PUMP - PRELIMINARY DESIGN

8.a
Packet Pg. 648 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 649
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD (FEET)
0 0
0 20
40 60
80 100
120
140
160
180
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Mod
S6X
Center
6-Bla
6” Di

DO NOT OP

PORTION O

GUARANTE
400
80 A
B
C
40%
4 dels:
rline Cas
ade Imp
scharg

PERATE PUMP
OF CURVE. CUR

EED MINIMUM E
800
160
45% 50%
55%
sing
peller
ge

IN DOTTED POR

RVES ARE SUBJ

EFFICIENCIES P
CAPACITY (U.S

CAPACITY (CU
1200
240
60%
65%
CUR
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

RTION OF CURV

JECT TO CHANG
PER H.I. LEVEL A
S. GALLONS PE

UBIC METERS P
160
320
68%
70 PERF

RVE POW
(HP/
100
75 60
50 40
40 30
VES. PUMPS M

GE WITHOUT N
A.

ER MINUTE)

PER HOUR)
00 400
0%
71%
7 FORMA
WER SP
/KW) (R
0 / 75 1
/ 55 1
/ 45 1
/ 37 1
/ 30 1
/ 30 1
/ 22 1

AY EXCEED HP
NOTICE. EFFICI
2000
480
0%
68%
65%

ANCE
PEED I
RPM) D
770
770
770
770
740
740
755

P SHOWN IF OP

IENCIES SHOW
Form V2
2400
560
60%
55%
50%
E CURV

IMPELLE

DIAMETE

11.80” ( m

11.30” ( m

10.90” ( m

10.50” ( m

10.00” ( m

9.40” ( m

9.00” ( m

PERATED IN DO

WN ARE NOMINA
242XE-S6X-1

TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD (METERS)
2800
0 6
12 18
24 30
36 42
48 54
VE
ER
ER
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
OTTED
AL BOWL.
1750 3/14

8.a
Packet Pg. 650 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 3”- 6” S-Series Portable Submersible Chopper Pumps
Materials of Construction:

Impeller/Cutter Bar/Upper Cutter/Cutter Nut: .............. Cast alloy steel, heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60.

Casing/Bearing Housing: .............................................. Ductile cast iron Mechanical Seal: ............................................................ Cartridge type, with silicon carbide (or tungsten carbide) faces and stainless steel sleeve.

Thrust Bearings: ............................................................. Back to back angular contact ball bearing or face to face tapered roller bearing.

Lubrication: ..................................................................... ISO Grade 46 oil.

Flange: ............................................................................ ANSI Class 125 Paint: ................................................................................ Ceramic Epoxy DRAWING AND DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. DO NOT USE FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES.

CONTACT VAUGHAN FOR CERTIFIED CONSTRUCTION PRINTS.

HP SPEED FRAME M W H
5 1170
5 1750 180TY 17-1/4 12-3/8 15-1/4

7.5 1750

7.5 1170
210TY 21-7/8 15-1/4 15-1/4
10 1170
10 1750
15 1750
15 3510
20 1750
20 3510
15 1170
250TY 25 17 19-1/2
20 1170
25 1170
25 1750
25 3510
30 1750
30 3510
40 1750
40 3510
30 1170
320TY 25-1/2 18-3/4 19-1/2
40 1170
50 1170
50 1750
50 3510
60 1170
60 1750
60 3510
75 1750

MODEL A B C D E F
S3F/S3G 5 5-7/8 11-3/8 24-5/8 7-5/8 3
S3L/S3M 5-1/2 6-1/2 11-1/4 24 8-5/8 3
S3P 7-11/16 7-11/16 10-5/8 23-3/4 11-1/2 3
S3V/S3W 5-1/8 6 10-5/8 24 8-5/8 3
S4K/S4L 6-7/16 7-1/2 11-5/8 25-1/8 9-1/2 4
S4S/S4T 7-7/8 9 11-5/8 24-1/4 11 1/2 4
S4V 10-1/4 10-3/4 11-7/8 25-5/8 17 4
S6U 8-1/4 9-5/8 12-3/8 25-3/4 12 6
15 MINUTE IN AIR FRAME SIZES ONLY

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
VAUGHAN CO., INC.
364 Monte Elma Road, Montesano, WA 98563
Phone: 1-360-249-4042 / Fax: 1-360-249-6155
Toll Free Phone (US only): 1-888-249-CHOP (2467)
Web Site: www.chopperpumps.com
Company E-mail: [email protected]
For all current patents, see http://www.chopperpumps.com/patents.htm

MADE IN THE

8.a
Packet Pg. 651 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SPECIFICATIONS, 3”- 6” S-SERIES PORTABLE SUBMERSIBLE CHOPPER PUMPS The portable submersible chopper pump shall be specifically designed to pump waste solids at heavy consistencies without plugging or dewatering of the solids. Materials shall be chopped/macerated and conditioned by the pump as an integral part of the pumping action. The pump must have demonstrated the ability to chop through and pump high concentrations of solids such as plastics, heavy rags, grease and hair balls, wood, paper products and stringy materials without plugging, both in tests and field applications. Pump shall be manufactured by Vaughan Co., Inc.

DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
A. Casing: Shall be of volute design, spiraling outward to the Class 125 flanged centerline discharge. Casing shall be ductile cast iron with all water passages to be smooth, and free of blowholes and imperfections for good flow characteristics. Casing shall include a replaceable Rockwell C 60 alloy steel cutter to cut against the rotating impeller pump-out vanes for removing fiber and debris.

B. Impeller: Shall be semi-open type with pump out vanes to reduce seal area pressure. Chopping/maceration of materials shall be accomplished by the action of the cupped and sharpened leading edges of the impeller blades moving across the cutter bar at the intake openings, with a set clearance between the impeller and cutter bar of 0.015-0.025” cold.

Impeller shall be cast alloy steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60 and dynamically balanced. The impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and shall have no axial adjustments and no set screws.

C. Cutter Bar Plate: Shall be recessed into the pump casing and shall contain at least 2 shear bars extending diametrically across the intake opening to within 0.010-0.030” of the rotating cutter nut tooth, for the purpose of preventing intake opening blockage and wrapping of debris at the shaft area. Chopper pumps utilizing individually mounted shear bars shall not be acceptable. Cutter bar shall be alloy steel heat-treated to minimum Rockwell C 60.

D. Cutter Nut: The impeller shall be secured to the shaft using a cutter nut, designed to cut stringy materials and prevent binding using a raised, rotating cutter tooth. The cutter nut shall be cast alloy steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C

60. E. Upper Cutter: Shall be threaded into the casing or back pull-out adapter plate behind the impeller, designed to cut against the pump-out vanes and the impeller hub, reducing and removing stringy materials from the mechanical seal area. Upper cutter shall be cast alloy steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. The upper cutter teeth are positioned as closely as possible to the center of shaft rotation to minimize cutting torque and nuisance motor tripping. The ratio of upper cutter cutting diameter to shaft diameter in the upper cutter area of the pump shall be 3.0 or less.

F. Pump Shafting: Shafting shall be heat treated alloy steel, with a minimum diameter of 1.5 inches in order to minimize deflection during solids chopping.

G. Bearing Housing: Shall be ductile cast iron, and machined with piloted bearing fits for concentricity of all components.

Piloted motor mount shall securely align motor on top of bearing housing.

H. Thrust Bearings: Shaft thrust in both directions shall be taken up by two back-to-back mounted single-row angular contact ball bearings, or a matched set of face to face tapered roller bearings, with a minimum L-10 rated life of 100,000 hours. Overhang from the centerline of the lower thrust bearing to the seal faces shall be a maximum of 1.7". A pump mechanical seal shall also be provided to isolate the bearings from the pumped media. The pump seal, as well as the thrust bearings shall be oil bath lubricated in the bearing housing by ISO Grade 46 oil. Shaft overhang exceeding 1.7 inches from the center of the lowest thrust bearing to the seal faces shall be considered unacceptable.

I. Pump Mechanical Seal: The mechanical seal shall be located immediately behind the impeller hub to maximize the flushing available from the impeller pump-out vanes. The seal shall be a cartridge-type mechanical seal with Viton Orings and silicon carbide (or tungsten carbide) faces. This cartridge seal shall be pre-assembled and pre-tested so that no seal settings or adjustments are required from the installer. Any springs used to push the seal faces together must be shielded from the fluid to be pumped. The cartridge shall also include a 17-4PH, heat-treated seal sleeve and a ductile cast iron seal gland.

J. Automatic Oil Level Monitor: An oil level switch shall be mounted at the top of the wet well, with a hose feeding down to the side of the bearing housing to monitor oil level and shut off the motor in event of low oil level. A relay shall be included for mounting in the motor control panel.

K. Shaft Coupling: The submersible motor shall be close coupled directly to the pump shaft using a solid sleeve coupling, which is keyed to both the pump and motor shafts. Slip clutches and shear pins between the shaft and the motor are considered unacceptable.

L. Submersible Motor: The submersible motor shall be U/L or FM listed and suitable for Class I, Group C & D, Division I hazardous locations, rated at __ HP, ___ RPM, __ Volts, 60 Hertz and 3 phase, 1.15 service factor (1.0 for Continuous In-Air) with Class F insulation. Motor shall have tandem mechanical seals in oil bath and dual moisture sensing probes.

Moisture probes must be connected to indicate water intrusion. The lower motor seal shall be exposed only to the lubricant in the pump bearing housing, with no exposure to the pumped media. Motor shall include two normally closed automatic resetting thermostats connected in series and embedded in adjoining phases. The thermostats must be connected per local, state, and/or the National Electric Code to maintain hazardous location rating and to disable motor starter if overheating occurs. Motor frame shall be cast iron, and all external hardware and shaft shall be stainless steel.

Motor shall be sized for non-overloading conditions.

M. Stainless Steel Nameplate: Shall be attached to the pump giving the manufacturer's model and serial number, rated capacity, head, speed and all pertinent data.

N. Portable Stand: Shall be fabricated steel, with a base plate of suitable diameter to support the pump without tipping.

O. Surface Preparation: Solvent wash and a single coat of Tnemec 431 epoxy applied at 5 MDFT minimum (except motor).

P. OPTIONAL Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 commercial sandblast (except motor), a prime coat of Tnemec 431 epoxy and a finish coat of Tnemec 431 epoxy for total finish of 30 MDFT minimum (except motor).

FORM V386-REV4-ECN3573

8.a
Packet Pg. 652 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

PROJECT INFO PACKAGE/STARTUP
Job Name: Offering:

Company: Mechanical:

Contact: Pumps:

Job Type: Control Panel:

Water Type/Source: Generator:

Import/Domestic: Advisor/Startup:

Turnkey:

FLOW RATE
Peak Inflow: 1500 GPM 972.25
Pumping Rate: 1500 GPM (of single pump)
Static Head: 26.8 Feet 970.55
TDH: 48.7 Feet
TDH Calcs: RU Calcs

ACTIVE VOLUME
Max Pump Starts: 10.00 Starts/Hr
Cycle Time: 6.00 Minutes 967.00
Active Volume: 2250.00 Gallons
Active Volume: 300.79 Cu Feet
Well Shape: Round
Well Diameter: 10 Feet
Well Dimensions: N/A N/A
Cross-Section Area: 78.54 Sq Feet
Min. Depth Required: 3.83 Feet
Active Depth: 3.90 Feet
STORAGE VOLUME (if required)
Time: Minutes 947.78
Flow Rate: GPM 945.65
Volume: 0.00 Gallons 945.15
Volume: 0.00 Cu. Feet
Min. Depth Required: 0.00 Feet 944.15
Storage Depth: Feet
940.25

ON-SITE POWER
Power:

FORCE MAIN
FM Info: New Single FM 936.25
Length: 2379.76 3337.20 existing
FM Discharge: 954.70 Feet 935.25
FM High Point: 967.00 Feet
(1) (2) (3) Note: Image is a preliminary representation of the pumping system.

Nominal ID: 14" Elevations shown are the primary factors used for sizing the wet well.

Type/Rating: Backup levels not shown. Additional (or fewer) level settings may be required.

INFLUENT PIPING (1) (2) (3)
Influent Invert: 947.78
Influent Size: 21"
Type: PVC (IPS)
DESIGN CRITERIA - WWP10D-VM-D0400-1500x50-10D-43-DPBO
General Specification
A. The package pump station supplier of the sewer lift station shall be Romtec Utilities. The package pump station supplier shall design and draw the complete lift station including the wet well structure and associated piping and valves along with the control panel and the associated schematics.

B. The package pump station supplier shall be solely responsible for proper prefabrication, integration, supply, performance, and warranty of all package pump station components delineated in this specification and on the drawings, which shall be used as a guide of the minimum product specifications that shall be met.

C. The package pump station supplier work shall include designing and supplying the piping, mechanical, and appurtenances within and adjacent to the wet well as a complete, predesigned, packaged pump station as described herein.

D. The drawings shall be of sufficient detail for the Engineer to review for conformity to the contract. All drawings shall include elevations on the same datum point as in the contract plans.

E. Romtec Utilities will manufacture and deliver the pump station as described below to the job site for the contractor. A representative of Romtec Utilities will be present the day of the underground installation.

F. The package pump station supplier is responsible for overseeing all start-up, testing and training procedures.

Import Acceptable
PVC C905 DR 18
480V / 3-Phase
Wastewater (Sewage)
New Station
SOUTHERN PUMP Complete System
All by Romtec Utilities
By Romtec Utilities
By Romtec Utilities
By Romtec Utilities
Mechanical & Electrical
No

SOUTHERN PUMP - PRELIMINARY DESIGN

8.a
Packet Pg. 653 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD (FEET)
0 0
0 20
40 60
80 100
120
140
160
180
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Mod
S6X
Center
6-Bla
6” Di

DO NOT OP

PORTION O

GUARANTE
400
80 A
B
C
40%
4 dels:
rline Cas
ade Imp
scharg

PERATE PUMP
OF CURVE. CUR

EED MINIMUM E
800
160
45% 50%
55%
sing
peller
ge

IN DOTTED POR

RVES ARE SUBJ

EFFICIENCIES P
CAPACITY (U.S

CAPACITY (CU
1200
240
60%
65%
CUR
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

RTION OF CURV

JECT TO CHANG
PER H.I. LEVEL A
S. GALLONS PE

UBIC METERS P
160
320
68%
70 PERF

RVE POW
(HP/
100
75 60
50 40
40 30
VES. PUMPS M

GE WITHOUT N
A.

ER MINUTE)

PER HOUR)
00 400
0%
71%
7 FORMA
WER SP
/KW) (R
0 / 75 1
/ 55 1
/ 45 1
/ 37 1
/ 30 1
/ 30 1
/ 22 1

AY EXCEED HP
NOTICE. EFFICI
2000
480
0%
68%
65%

ANCE
PEED I
RPM) D
770
770
770
770
740
740
755

P SHOWN IF OP

IENCIES SHOW
Form V2
2400
560
60%
55%
50%
E CURV

IMPELLE

DIAMETE

11.80” ( m

11.30” ( m

10.90” ( m

10.50” ( m

10.00” ( m

9.40” ( m

9.00” ( m

PERATED IN DO

WN ARE NOMINA
242XE-S6X-1

TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD (METERS)
2800
0 6
12 18
24 30
36 42
48 54
VE
ER
ER
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
OTTED
AL BOWL.
1750 3/14

8.a
Packet Pg. 654 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 3”- 6” S-Series Portable Submersible Chopper Pumps
Materials of Construction:

Impeller/Cutter Bar/Upper Cutter/Cutter Nut: .............. Cast alloy steel, heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60.

Casing/Bearing Housing: .............................................. Ductile cast iron Mechanical Seal: ............................................................ Cartridge type, with silicon carbide (or tungsten carbide) faces and stainless steel sleeve.

Thrust Bearings: ............................................................. Back to back angular contact ball bearing or face to face tapered roller bearing.

Lubrication: ..................................................................... ISO Grade 46 oil.

Flange: ............................................................................ ANSI Class 125 Paint: ................................................................................ Ceramic Epoxy DRAWING AND DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. DO NOT USE FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES.

CONTACT VAUGHAN FOR CERTIFIED CONSTRUCTION PRINTS.

HP SPEED FRAME M W H
5 1170
5 1750 180TY 17-1/4 12-3/8 15-1/4

7.5 1750

7.5 1170
210TY 21-7/8 15-1/4 15-1/4
10 1170
10 1750
15 1750
15 3510
20 1750
20 3510
15 1170
250TY 25 17 19-1/2
20 1170
25 1170
25 1750
25 3510
30 1750
30 3510
40 1750
40 3510
30 1170
320TY 25-1/2 18-3/4 19-1/2
40 1170
50 1170
50 1750
50 3510
60 1170
60 1750
60 3510
75 1750

MODEL A B C D E F
S3F/S3G 5 5-7/8 11-3/8 24-5/8 7-5/8 3
S3L/S3M 5-1/2 6-1/2 11-1/4 24 8-5/8 3
S3P 7-11/16 7-11/16 10-5/8 23-3/4 11-1/2 3
S3V/S3W 5-1/8 6 10-5/8 24 8-5/8 3
S4K/S4L 6-7/16 7-1/2 11-5/8 25-1/8 9-1/2 4
S4S/S4T 7-7/8 9 11-5/8 24-1/4 11 1/2 4
S4V 10-1/4 10-3/4 11-7/8 25-5/8 17 4
S6U 8-1/4 9-5/8 12-3/8 25-3/4 12 6
15 MINUTE IN AIR FRAME SIZES ONLY

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
VAUGHAN CO., INC.
364 Monte Elma Road, Montesano, WA 98563
Phone: 1-360-249-4042 / Fax: 1-360-249-6155
Toll Free Phone (US only): 1-888-249-CHOP (2467)
Web Site: www.chopperpumps.com
Company E-mail: [email protected]
For all current patents, see http://www.chopperpumps.com/patents.htm

MADE IN THE

8.a
Packet Pg. 655 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SPECIFICATIONS, 3”- 6” S-SERIES PORTABLE SUBMERSIBLE CHOPPER PUMPS The portable submersible chopper pump shall be specifically designed to pump waste solids at heavy consistencies without plugging or dewatering of the solids. Materials shall be chopped/macerated and conditioned by the pump as an integral part of the pumping action. The pump must have demonstrated the ability to chop through and pump high concentrations of solids such as plastics, heavy rags, grease and hair balls, wood, paper products and stringy materials without plugging, both in tests and field applications. Pump shall be manufactured by Vaughan Co., Inc.

DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
A. Casing: Shall be of volute design, spiraling outward to the Class 125 flanged centerline discharge. Casing shall be ductile cast iron with all water passages to be smooth, and free of blowholes and imperfections for good flow characteristics. Casing shall include a replaceable Rockwell C 60 alloy steel cutter to cut against the rotating impeller pump-out vanes for removing fiber and debris.

B. Impeller: Shall be semi-open type with pump out vanes to reduce seal area pressure. Chopping/maceration of materials shall be accomplished by the action of the cupped and sharpened leading edges of the impeller blades moving across the cutter bar at the intake openings, with a set clearance between the impeller and cutter bar of 0.015-0.025” cold.

Impeller shall be cast alloy steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60 and dynamically balanced. The impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and shall have no axial adjustments and no set screws.

C. Cutter Bar Plate: Shall be recessed into the pump casing and shall contain at least 2 shear bars extending diametrically across the intake opening to within 0.010-0.030” of the rotating cutter nut tooth, for the purpose of preventing intake opening blockage and wrapping of debris at the shaft area. Chopper pumps utilizing individually mounted shear bars shall not be acceptable. Cutter bar shall be alloy steel heat-treated to minimum Rockwell C 60.

D. Cutter Nut: The impeller shall be secured to the shaft using a cutter nut, designed to cut stringy materials and prevent binding using a raised, rotating cutter tooth. The cutter nut shall be cast alloy steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C

60. E. Upper Cutter: Shall be threaded into the casing or back pull-out adapter plate behind the impeller, designed to cut against the pump-out vanes and the impeller hub, reducing and removing stringy materials from the mechanical seal area. Upper cutter shall be cast alloy steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. The upper cutter teeth are positioned as closely as possible to the center of shaft rotation to minimize cutting torque and nuisance motor tripping. The ratio of upper cutter cutting diameter to shaft diameter in the upper cutter area of the pump shall be 3.0 or less.

F. Pump Shafting: Shafting shall be heat treated alloy steel, with a minimum diameter of 1.5 inches in order to minimize deflection during solids chopping.

G. Bearing Housing: Shall be ductile cast iron, and machined with piloted bearing fits for concentricity of all components.

Piloted motor mount shall securely align motor on top of bearing housing.

H. Thrust Bearings: Shaft thrust in both directions shall be taken up by two back-to-back mounted single-row angular contact ball bearings, or a matched set of face to face tapered roller bearings, with a minimum L-10 rated life of 100,000 hours. Overhang from the centerline of the lower thrust bearing to the seal faces shall be a maximum of 1.7". A pump mechanical seal shall also be provided to isolate the bearings from the pumped media. The pump seal, as well as the thrust bearings shall be oil bath lubricated in the bearing housing by ISO Grade 46 oil. Shaft overhang exceeding 1.7 inches from the center of the lowest thrust bearing to the seal faces shall be considered unacceptable.

I. Pump Mechanical Seal: The mechanical seal shall be located immediately behind the impeller hub to maximize the flushing available from the impeller pump-out vanes. The seal shall be a cartridge-type mechanical seal with Viton Orings and silicon carbide (or tungsten carbide) faces. This cartridge seal shall be pre-assembled and pre-tested so that no seal settings or adjustments are required from the installer. Any springs used to push the seal faces together must be shielded from the fluid to be pumped. The cartridge shall also include a 17-4PH, heat-treated seal sleeve and a ductile cast iron seal gland.

J. Automatic Oil Level Monitor: An oil level switch shall be mounted at the top of the wet well, with a hose feeding down to the side of the bearing housing to monitor oil level and shut off the motor in event of low oil level. A relay shall be included for mounting in the motor control panel.

K. Shaft Coupling: The submersible motor shall be close coupled directly to the pump shaft using a solid sleeve coupling, which is keyed to both the pump and motor shafts. Slip clutches and shear pins between the shaft and the motor are considered unacceptable.

L. Submersible Motor: The submersible motor shall be U/L or FM listed and suitable for Class I, Group C & D, Division I hazardous locations, rated at __ HP, ___ RPM, __ Volts, 60 Hertz and 3 phase, 1.15 service factor (1.0 for Continuous In-Air) with Class F insulation. Motor shall have tandem mechanical seals in oil bath and dual moisture sensing probes.

Moisture probes must be connected to indicate water intrusion. The lower motor seal shall be exposed only to the lubricant in the pump bearing housing, with no exposure to the pumped media. Motor shall include two normally closed automatic resetting thermostats connected in series and embedded in adjoining phases. The thermostats must be connected per local, state, and/or the National Electric Code to maintain hazardous location rating and to disable motor starter if overheating occurs. Motor frame shall be cast iron, and all external hardware and shaft shall be stainless steel.

Motor shall be sized for non-overloading conditions.

M. Stainless Steel Nameplate: Shall be attached to the pump giving the manufacturer's model and serial number, rated capacity, head, speed and all pertinent data.

N. Portable Stand: Shall be fabricated steel, with a base plate of suitable diameter to support the pump without tipping.

O. Surface Preparation: Solvent wash and a single coat of Tnemec 431 epoxy applied at 5 MDFT minimum (except motor).

P. OPTIONAL Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 commercial sandblast (except motor), a prime coat of Tnemec 431 epoxy and a finish coat of Tnemec 431 epoxy for total finish of 30 MDFT minimum (except motor).

FORM V386-REV4-ECN3573

8.a
Packet Pg. 656 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

ROMTEC SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND DESIGN

SUBMITTAL
FOR:

SOUTHERN PUMP
PLAN SET #18402
(EL CENTRO, CALIFORNIA)
DATE: October 15, 2014
REVISION: 0
QUOTE: R2-31305005 (10/14/2014)
SUBMITTED TO:

Randy Hines
City of El Centro
307 W. Brighton Ave.

El Centro, CA 92243
760-337-4522
[email protected]
Romtec, Inc.
18240 North Bank Road, Roseburg, OR 97470
541-496-3541 ● 541-495-0803 (fax)
[email protected] ● www.romtec.com

8.a
Packet Pg. 657 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) October 15, 2014
To: Randy Hines,
City of El Centro

From: Romtec Operations
Re: Documentation for the proposed project identified as:

Project Name: Southern Pump
Plan Set: 18402
Revision: 0
Romtec is pleased to offer this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal for the project listed above. All parties with an interest in this project must carefully read and comprehend the information contained herein.

1. Introduction
Information about this document and how to use it.

2. Romtec Products & Services
Lists products and services supplied by Romtec.

3. Products & Services Not Supplied by Romtec
Lists products and services not supplied by Romtec.

4. Warranty & Limitations
Includes the Romtec, Inc. limited warranty, limitations of Romtec’s responsibilities, and copyright.

5. Project Design
The approved preliminary design, current plan set, calculations (if plans are sealed) and product data sheets for the Romtec supplied building components.

Please address questions, comments and requests for changes to:

Romtec, Inc.
18240 North Bank Road
Roseburg, OR 97470
541-496-3541
[email protected]
Doc Rev: 6-27-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 658 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

SUBMITTAL APPROVAL
Project Name: Southern Pump
Plan Set: #18402
Date: 10/15/2014
By signing this Submittal Approval Form, I approve the products and services as specified in the Romtec Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. I understand that any change(s) to the project requested after delivery of this approval to Romtec will require a change order. Please initial where indicated and sign below.

Note: If you are not the final owner or owner’s representative, we strongly recommend that you gain approval from the owner or owner’s representative so that all parties are in concurrence on the scope supplied.

SECTION APPROVED APPROVED WITH COMMENTS

1. INTRODUCTION

2. ROMTEC PRODUCTS &

SERVICES

3. PRODUCTS & SERVICES

NOT SUPPLIED BY
ROMTEC

4. WARRANTY &

LIMITATIONS

5. PROJECT DESIGN
Note: Please review all color selections within the product data sheets and either confirm or request changes.

(Signature) (Date)

(Print name) (Title)
Doc Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 659 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

NOTICE TO PROCEED
Project Name: Southern Pump
Plan Set: #18402
Date: 10/15/2014
Upon receipt of your notice to proceed and all required documents, Romtec will produce the building and deliver it to the project site on the date you specify, within reasonable timelines, OR Romtec will ship your order approximately 6 - 8 weeks after the date of this notice, whichever is later. Romtec will send confirmation of delivery once the building leaves the Romtec yard and is en-route to the requested delivery site.

Note: If no date is specified, Romtec will ship your order as soon as it is ready.

Please fill in the form below and return it to Romtec.
 Yes, I want Romtec to produce the specified building and deliver it to the project site on the following date:

(Requested delivery date)

(Signature) (Date)

(Print name) (Title)

(Print company/agency name
Doc Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 660 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST
Note: This checklist is to be completed if applicable.

Please list any local, non-state, non-federal codes that are unique to your city, municipality, county, etc. that may affect the design of this structure.

Project Name: Southern Pump
Location (City, State): El Centro, CA
Who did you speak with to obtain the following information? Name:

Title:

Phone:

Email:

Address:

Are there any local codes different from UBC?
Building:

Plumbing:

Mechanical:

Electrical:

Accessibility:

Roof Snow Load:

Geotech Report Available (if yes please provide)? Yes No Site Address:

City & State:

Rev. 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 661 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

PROJECT CONTACTS
Please assist Romtec by filling in project contact information below.

Project Delivery Information: Location and contacts for delivery coordination.

Location (City, State):

Building Type:
1st Site Contact Name & Phone #:
2nd Site Contact Name & Phone #:

Fax Number & Email:

Site Name (Park, Company, etc):

Site Address:

City, State Zip:

Directions to Site:

Customer Information: Building purchaser.

Company/Agency/Org.:

Contact Name:

Address:

City, State Zip:

Office Phone:

Mobile Phone:

Email:

Rev. 11-4-13

8.a
Packet Pg. 662 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

PROJECT CONTACTS
Owner Information: Owner of completed building. If same as Customer Information, write “same.”
Company/Agency/Org.:

Contact Name:

Title:

Address:

City, State Zip:

Office Phone:

Mobile Phone:

Email:

Architect/Engineer Information: Customer representative.

Company:

Contact Name:

Title:

Address:

City, State Zip:

Office Phone:

Mobile Phone:

Email:

Rev. 11-4-13

8.a
Packet Pg. 663 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

PROJECT CONTACTS
Installer Information: Contractor installing the building.

Company:

Contact Name:

Address:

City, State Zip:

Office Phone:

Mobile Phone:

Email:

Rev. 11-4-13

8.a
Packet Pg. 664 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) INDEX

1. INTRODUCTION

1.01 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT

1.02 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT

1.03 TYPICAL ROMTEC PROCESS

2. ROMTEC PRODUCTS & SERVICES

2.01 SCOPE OF SUPPLY: PRODUCTS

2.02 SCOPE OF SUPPLY: SERVICES

3. PRODUCTS & SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC

3.01 PRODUCTS NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC

3.02 SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC

4. WARRANTY & LIMITATIONS

4.01 ROMTEC, INC. LIMITED WARRANTY

4.02 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC’S RESPONSIBILITIES

4.03 COPYRIGHT

5. PROJECT DESIGN

5.01 PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA FORM

5.02 PLAN SET

5.03 CALCULATIONS

5.04 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

5.04.1 STRUCTURE

5.04.2 EXTERIOR

5.04.3 FIXTURES

5.04.4 ACCESSORIES

8.a
Packet Pg. 665 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1. INTRODUCTION
This section is structured as follows:

1.01 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT

1.02 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT

1.03 TYPICAL ROMTEC PROCESS

8.a
Packet Pg. 666 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.01 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT

1. Document Identification
This Scope of Supply and Design Submittal (SSDS) provided by Romtec, Inc., herein referred to as Romtec, contains the information for the project listed below:

Project: Southern Pump
Location: El Centro, CA
Document Date: 10/15/2014
Revision: 0

2. The Scope of Supply & Design Submittal is defined by Romtec as follows:

A. Complete document superseding all others
This entire document is Romtec’s complete Scope of Supply and Design Submittal for the building referenced above. There is no other document that contains this information. This document supersedes all other documents, correspondence and verbal communication as to Romtec’s Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, products and services.

B. Supplied to customer only
Romtec supplies this document exclusively to the direct customer (the party signing Romtec’s purchase order or the Government-issued purchase order), herein referred to as the customer, and not to any other party associated with this specific project. Any other party reviewing any part of this document is informed that the information within it is Romtec’s communication with the customer and no other party. Romtec’s entire supply and design, as described herein, are for the customer only and no one else. Romtec will not provide any other products and/or services related to the building to any other party.

Romtec agrees only to the supply and design described herein.

C. Based on customer supplied design criteria
Romtec has designed the building described herein to meet the specific design criteria provided to Romtec by the customer and/or the customer’s representative. Romtec’s supply of products and services is related exclusively to these design criteria.

Doc Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 667 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.02 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT

1. Be sure the document date and revision are current.

It is the responsibility of the person(s) using the SSDS to ensure that the latest revision of the document is being used. Contact Romtec if there is any question about the most current version.

Note: The PDF provided is intended to allow for as many printed or electronic copies as needed. Please retain printed or electronic copies of these documents, including signed documents, for your records. It is not Romtec’s responsibility to email, print, and/or send extra copies of documents that are included in the PDF.

2. Carefully review all sections of this document.

A. Building Components
Customer shall review the plan set to ensure all building components are identified and located to customer’s satisfaction. Customer is responsible for clearly marking any discrepancies and returning those markups to Romtec. Documentation of additional items not supplied by Romtec is customer’s responsibility. At Romtec’s option, locations and dimensions of such items supplied by others may be represented in the plan set. The customer is responsible for determining and maintaining the accuracy of all information pertaining to items represented in the plan set which are not supplied by Romtec.

B. Utility Location Plan
The generic utility location plan included in the plan set shows various items not supplied by Romtec. The utility location plan is the responsibility of the customer and/or customer’s representative. At Romtec’s option, locations and dimensions of such items supplied by others may be represented in the utility location plan.

3. How to make comments and request changes.

Romtec REQUIRES the customer to provide a complete itemized list in the supplied comment log excel document, to recap ALL of the courtesy review comments that are noted on the redlined plans and product data sheets.

Each redline comment must be numbered on the plan set/data sheet and correspond to an explanation on the written document. In addition, Romtec requires the customer to provide the redlined plan set and specific product data sheets with the noted changes. Format
Romtec’s plan sets are produced on 11” X 17” format. If another format is requested, there will be an additional fee depending on the format size and quantity requested. Romtec’s content on each page, the order in which the pages appear, and the page numbering is final and will not change.

Doc Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 668 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.02 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT

4. Plan Set Status: PRELIMINARY vs. FINAL
A. Preliminary
If the plan set within this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal is labeled “PRELIMINARY”, then this document should not to be used for construction or to pull permits and it is not suitable for any purpose other than to review, revise, and return to Romtec for the next round of submittals.

B. Final
If the plan set within this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal is labeled “FINAL”, then this document contains the entire final plan set for the Romtec building. The final plan set is to be submitted for approval by the reviewing authority (if applicable) and is for use in construction of the building.

5. Approval & notice to proceed
A. How to approve the SSDS
To approve the SSDS, you must fill in the Submittal Approval form.

Please initial, date and sign where requested. Email or mail the completed form to Romtec. Once you have approved the Scope of Supply and Design Submittal and provided Romtec with notice to proceed, Romtec will begin production of final construction plans and will produce the building.

B. Upon receipt of SSDS approval and notice to proceed
The customer agrees that, following customer’s approval of this document, there can be no modification to the products and services described herein without a written change order. The customer acknowledges that change orders will incur additional charges to the customer (i.e., additional production labor & overhead, design & engineering costs and charges for non-standard goods - goods that Romtec does not inventory - already purchased or incorporated into the order) and may cause delays in Romtec’s delivery of the products and services described herein as well as any products and services required by the change orders.

C. Allowance to perform is acceptance of this supply and design By allowing Romtec to produce the order to the point of deliverability, the customer accepts this SSDS as the only document that defines Romtec’s offering associated with customer’s purchase order for products and services listed herein to be supplied by Romtec.

Doc Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 669 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.03 TYPICAL ROMTEC PROCESS
Below are the typical steps in the process to design, price, approve, produce, and deliver a Romtec building:

1. Customer (or customer’s representative) works with Romtec to develop the design criteria for the project.

2. Romtec produces a preliminary design and quotation, sends to customer.

3. Customer sends purchase order to Romtec.

4. Romtec produces Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, sends to customer.

5. Customer reviews Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, sends written comments to Romtec.

6. Based on customer comments, Romtec revises Scope of Supply and Design Submittal and, if necessary, issues change orders. Romtec sends revised documents to customer.

7. Customer sends formal approval of Scope of Supply and Design Submittal to Romtec.

8. Customer sends Notice to Proceed with desired delivery date to Romtec.

9. Romtec begins manufacturing the building and sends projected delivery date to customer.

10. Customer’s contractor prepares project site for installation of building.

11. Romtec delivers building to project site.

12. Customer’s contractor installs building.

Doc Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 670 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2. ROMTEC PRODUCTS & SERVICES
This section is structured as follows:

2.01 ROMTEC PRODUCTS

2.02 ROMTEC SERVICES

8.a
Packet Pg. 671 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.01 ROMTEC PRODUCTS
The plan set and product data sheets included in the SSDS define the products used in the Romtec building kit. The data sheets correspond with the stages of construction of a Romtec building, and correspond with the bill of materials (packing list) and the plan set.

1. Product Data Sheets
The product data sheets for the products and materials Romtec provides in the building kit are published by the various product/material manufacturers.

Romtec has made every effort to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in the product data sheets, however there may be discrepancies, since manufacturers can change their product specifications without notice to Romtec. Romtec reserves the right to make substitutions of equivalent materials and items without notice. Please contact Romtec if you have any questions about the information in the product data sheets.

2. Product Data Sheets Not Included
Product data sheets for Romtec supplied fasteners, anchor bolts, saddle brackets, hold downs, etc are not included. Refer to the plan set for location and size. These fasteners are included with the kit and are listed on the packing List. Typical fasteners such as nails, staples, screws, etc. are not supplied by Romtec. Please contact Romtec with any questions regarding supply.

Note: Product data sheets for any items that are to be provided by installer or owner will NOT be provided in this document.

Doc Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 672 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.02 ROMTEC SERVICES
This section explains the engineering services provided by Romtec during the design of the building. Romtec creates an initial design and provides the customer with a Scope of Supply and Design Submittal (SSDS). The initial customer review of the SSDS is the first step in the process to approval.

1. Romtec develops plan sets
Romtec Engineering will develop a plan set based on initial information, design criteria and subsequent markups received from the customer. If more than one revision is requested and/or required, additional design fees will apply. If included in the Romtec proposal, one additional sealing of the plan set and calculations is submitted to the customer after review comments are received and responded to. Any changes made after submittal approval and notice to proceed that require re-sealing of plan sheets will require a change order and result in a price increase.

2. Romtec compiles and provides product data sheets
Romtec has a section in the SSDS for the components included in the Romtec building (with certain exceptions, see section 3.01). Generally a component will be defined by its corresponding technical cut sheet and will include an image of product when available. The data sheet section defines the products included with the building kit and must be referred to in conjunction with the plans.

3. Romtec processes the customer redlines and review comments Romtec processes the information from the markups the customer provides on the plans and product data sheets. The revisions are then made to ensure that the customer receives the building and features desired. Revisions to the Scope of Supply and Design Submittal are made solely at Romtec’s discretion.

4. Additional sealed plan sets, re-sealing, change in format request When sealing of the plan set is included in Romtec’s proposal, Romtec provides three identical sets of wet stamped drawings and calculations upon receipt of submittal approval and notice to proceed. Romtec’s standard plan set format is 11” x 17”. Charges for additional services may vary depending on the scope and quantity of the services requested and/or required.

5. Production of the building kit
After receipt of submittal approval and notice to proceed, Romtec puts the approved scope of supply into production. All approved components are fabricated and packaged for delivery to the project site.

Rev. 9-11-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 673 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.02 ROMTEC SERVICES

6. Truck Delivery
Delivery of the building requires access by a semi truck and trailer to the project site or to an alternate site that has been designated by mutual agreement between Romtec and customer. The customer shall inform Romtec in a timely manner of any potential problem accessing the delivery site, including size and weight limitations on any roads, bridges and driveways leading to the site.

Accommodation of special delivery requirements may result in an increase in the quoted shipping cost. Failure of the customer to notify Romtec of any special delivery requirement that results in delivery delays will result in additional shipping charges. Romtec is not responsible for installation delays resulting from delivery delays due to delivery requirements.

The building kit will be delivered to your “truck accessible” site by semitruck, in shrink wrapped pallets, labeled with the project name and the stage of construction. The building installer is responsible for unloading the building kit and must have a forklift with minimum 6,000 lb. capacity and minimum 6 ft. fork extensions to unload materials shipped from Romtec.

Note: Romtec is not responsible for any construction delays and subsequent costs if delivery is delayed by the trucking company. Romtec supplies the customer with estimated delivery dates to be confirmed by the shipping vendor. Re-mobilization costs for unloading trucks are to be disputed with the shipping vendor, not Romtec.

7. Shipping List
Romtec will send you a checklist of the items being shipped. Located inside Pallet #1, labeled “STAGE 1- PALLET A” you will find a checklist of parts for each building kit. An inventory of materials MUST be performed after receiving the building. If there are any missing or deficient materials, notification must be given directly to Romtec’s project manager within five (5) business days of delivery. If notification is not given within the five (5) day period, Romtec will assume that the order was complete and in good order. Contractor or agency takes full responsibility for any missing or deficient materials from that point forward.

Delivery Questions:

Floyd Sackett
Traffic Manager
Romtec, Inc.
541-496-3852,ext. 219.
[email protected]
Materials Questions:

Dave Smith
Project Manager
Romtec, Inc.
541-496-3541 ext. 244
[email protected]
Rev. 9-11-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 674 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3. PRODUCTS & SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC
This section is structured as follows:

3.01 PRODUCTS NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC

3.02 SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC

8.a
Packet Pg. 675 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.01 PRODUCTS NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC
The specific products and materials to be supplied by Romtec are unique to this building and are shown in the product data sheets.

Unless otherwise specified, the following products and materials are NOT supplied by Romtec.

A. All items not listed in Romtec Products.

B. Any item listed as supplied by “installer”, “contractor”, “owner”, or “others”.

2. Unless specified in the plans or submittals, Romtec does not supply the following:
• Building installation
• Asphalt paving
• Masonry pavers
• Sidewalks
• Landscaping
• Site grading
• Cast-in-place concrete foundations, footings, interior slabs and exterior/entry slabs
• Concrete slab sealer
• Mortar
• Concrete grout
• Rebar
• Latex epoxy paint
• Caulk for siding
• Plumbing rough in, installation and trim
• Electrical rough in, installation and trim
• Drain valves and backflow check valves
• Branch circuit breakers
• Switches & outlets
• Fluorescent tubes for light fixtures
• Drinking fountain guardrails
• Wall hangers for toilets
• Typical fasteners; for example roofing nails, staples, etc. • Fasteners not included in product packaging
• Irrigation Equipment
• Gutters and downspouts
• Fire alarm and fire suppression equipment
• Lighting equipment not attached to the building
• Clear coat finish for all decking, glulam beams, posts, and extensions • All other items indicated on final plans or required by building codes which are not specifically stated as supplied by Romtec.

Doc Rev: 10-7-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 676 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.02 SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC
The services to be supplied by Romtec are unique to this building.

Unless otherwise specified, services NOT supplied by Romtec include:

1. Any item not listed in Romtec Services.

2. Installation of the Romtec building kit

3. Design and engineering services for aspects of the project not included in this SSDS, including but not limited to:
• Site engineering
• Site drawings
• Utility designs and plans
• Additional plan sets
• As-built plan sets
• Operation and maintenance manuals
• Other related documents and services

4. Determination of the suitability of the building to the site plan, utilities plan(s) and other documents is not Romtec’s responsibility.

This Scope of Supply and Design Submittal is limited to the Romtec building; however this document must be considered in its relationship with the overall site. It must be analyzed along with the building’s site plan, utilities plan(s) and other documents. Romtec does not provide this analysis, which is the responsibility of the customer and/or the customer’s representative. Romtec makes no claim and provides no guarantee that any of the products to be supplied by Romtec will fit on the building’s site.

5. Site Utilities & Other Considerations
Romtec will show utilities on the plans such as water, sewer/septic, electrical, gas/propane, etc. to ten (10) feet outside of the building footprint. It is the customer’s responsibility to supply adequate water, sewer/septic, electrical and other necessary utility services to within ten feet of the building. Romtec does not supply any part of the utility equipment or connections to utility services, unless such additional work is included in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. If utilities are not supplied within the ten foot perimeter, the installer will stub out and cap utility connections to that point for future connection by others. In the event that utilities (water, sewer, gas, electrical) are not provided or are not operable at the time the building is substantially complete, final payment is due to Romtec. In other words, payment will not be held for any delays outside of Romtec’s scope of work.

Rev. 10-13-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 677 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.02 SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC

6. LEED/Green Submittals:

Romtec does not provide LEED/Green submittals as a standard service.

Romtec can assist in providing documentation for products that may meet LEED/Green standards, but Romtec does not provide or fill out LEED credit forms. Unless specifically included in Romtec’s proposal and quote, Romtec does not supply materials with the intent of meeting LEED standards. Any changes due to LEED or Green building requirements will result in a change order and increased lead times.

7. Special Inspection if required:

If special inspection, as defined by code, is required per your Building Department or other regulatory agencies, then Romtec can assist but NOT provide this service. Romtec can endorse an owner furnished special inspector or special inspection company in order to facilitate the permitting process. In order for Romtec to endorse the proposed special inspector, documentation such as previous experience, resumes and references, etc…shall be requested by Romtec. Romtec under no circumstance, shall be considered the special inspector, nor shall Romtec pay any fees associated with such. All such fees, costs, and arrangements associated with the special inspection are the responsibility of the owner.

8. As-Built Plan Sets
Romtec does not supply unsealed as-built plan sets as a standard service.

Additional fees and lead time are required if unsealed as-built plans are requested.

9. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
Do not discard operation and maintenance manuals provided by some manufacturers in their packaging. If you misplace these manuals and request copies from Romtec, a service fee will be charged.

10. Review of Mix Designs:

Romtec does not provide mix design review for concrete used in construction as a standard service. If requested, Romtec will issue a change order for this service.

11. Site Storage
The owner or contractor must take great care in adequately protecting materials should they be stored for any period prior to installation. The packaging is meant to protect the building during shipment. The building is not packaged for storage. Moisture, direct sunlight and seasonal temperature fluctuations will result in damage to the materials.

Rev. 10-13-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 678 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.02 SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC
The owner or contractor shall store the building in a secure, dry, climate controlled location. If the building is stored outdoors for more than thirty days without adequate protection from the elements, the Romtec Limited Warranty may be voided. If storing the building kit for an extended period, all metal roofing must be unpackaged, separated, and completely dried to prevent moisture damage from prolonged storage (see manufacturer’s storage requirements).

Delivery Questions:

Traffic Manager
Romtec, Inc.
541-496-3852,ext. 219.
[email protected]
Materials Questions:

Project Manager
Romtec, Inc.
541-496-3541 ext. 244
[email protected]
Rev. 10-13-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 679 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4. WARRANTY & LIMITATIONS
This section includes all information on Romtec’s warranty and the limitations of Romtec’s responsibilities.

This section is structured as follows:

4.01 ROMTEC, INC. LIMITED WARRANTY

4.02 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC’S RESPONSIBILITES

4.03 COPYRIGHT

8.a
Packet Pg. 680 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.01 ROMTEC, INC. LIMITED WARRANTY
ROMTEC, INC. LIMITED WARRANTY
Materials Manufactured or Installed by Romtec (Seller)
Seller warrants that it will, at its option and in its sole discretion, furnish, F.O.B.

Roseburg, Oregon, a replacement for, repair or refund the purchase price to the owner of any goods of its manufacture or part or portion thereof proved to its satisfaction to be defective in workmanship or material (If Romtec is installing the materials, a warranty of 1 year from the date of final acceptance of the work shall apply to the installation work) under normal use and service within one year from the date of final acceptance by the customer or property owner or 1 year and 6 months from the date of delivery (or the date Romtec could have delivered should the customer request and Romtec agree to store the goods for an agreed upon time) to the customer or property owner whichever comes first, provided that notice of such defect is given to Seller within such limited period.

There is no implied warranty of merchantability or implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose or any other warranty, express or implied, labor, transportation or other costs or expenses relating to such replacement or such repair, including any indirect, incidental, delay or consequential damages.

Components Resold or Supplied with Romtec Materials
Certain components are warrantable directly by the original manufacturer for periods between 90 days and 1 year. The term of such warranties are identified in accompanying documentation. Replacement for, repair or refund of defective workmanship or material under normal use shall be remunerated directly with the manufacturer of the component. Examples of components would be locksets, plumbing fixtures, electrical fixtures, etc.

This warranty extends only to Romtec’s direct customer (as named in the Romtec Purchase Order) herein called “customer” and not to any person or entity with whom customer has business relationships, or any party other than customer.

Claims
The following provisions apply to all claims.
a. Freight Damage Claims
If Romtec is not installing and agrees to ship goods under any agreement whereby Romtec remains responsible for risk of loss or damage while the goods are in transit, any claims of customer for damage in transit shall be deemed waived and released by the customer, unless made in writing endorsed on the bill of lading at the time customer accepts delivery of the merchandise. CUSTOMER SHOULD CAREFULLY INSPECT THE MERCHANDISE BEFORE ACCEPTING DELIVERY.
b. Claims of Defective Manufacture
Rev. 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 681 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.01 ROMTEC, INC. LIMITED WARRANTY
Claims that the merchandise was incorrectly manufactured or that is defective in any way must be made directly to Romtec on a product-byproduct basis. All claims must be made within 72 hours of the defective condition, or the time when the defect should have been discovered, whichever is earlier. All claims must include the following:

1. Detailed description of the specific problem, failure, or other event giving rise to the claim.

2. Supporting photographs or videos.

3. Specific location.

4. Names and phone numbers of individuals who can substantiate the claim but who do not work for customer.
c. Claims for Missing Materials
If Romtec is not installing, the customer must inventory the shipment of materials upon arrival at the job site for completeness. Claims for missing or deficient materials shall be reported to Romtec within 5 business days of delivery. If Romtec does not receive notice of missing or deficient materials within the 5 business days Romtec will assume that all the materials were present and in good order. After the 5 day period the customer assumes responsibility for any missing or deficient materials.
d. Claims for Damaged Materials Stored Prior to Installation Building Materials are packaged for shipment only and should be installed within 30 days of delivery. If Romtec is not installing or delayed by customer from installing, and the materials are stored outdoors for more than 30 days, all warranties expressed or implied are null and void. Customer assumes all responsibility in adequately protecting stored materials prior to installation and hereby releases Romtec from any claims arising from inadequately protected materials.
e. Action in Event of Established Claim
Liability of Romtec shall be limited to, at its option, repair or replacement of the goods.
f. No Third Party Claims
Under no circumstance shall Romtec be responsible for any damage claims by any party other than claims by Romtec direct customers.

Release and Hold Harmless
Customer releases and agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold Romtec harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, and causes of action for any matters arising out of or connected with the Materials whereby the customer is responsible for errors or omissions.

Rev. 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 682 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC’S RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Romtec is the building designer and building kit supplier.

Within this document are references to “Romtec” and “Installer.” Romtec is the building designer and building kit supplier. “Installer” or “Contractor” is the party erecting the building, NOT Romtec.

2. Romtec’s responsibilities are to its direct customer only.

Romtec will communicate with project subcontractors, engineers, owners and any other parties only through a designated representative of the customer.

3. Complete review of this document will require information contained in other documents not supplied by Romtec.

Romtec does not supply various documents related to the project, such as:
the building site plan, the area plan and topographical map, the utilities plan and other documents. These documents are generally supplied by the owner or agency that put the project out to bid.

Thorough understanding of the environment in which the building will be installed and operated requires complete knowledge of information included in these related documents.

Such documents may have been supplied to Romtec by the customer and by other parties on behalf of the customer. Romtec has taken the information in these documents as fact. However, Romtec does not know the accuracy, nor take any responsibility of any information included in any of these other documents.

The discovery of any error or omission in documents supplied to Romtec by any party on behalf of the customer may require, solely at Romtec’s discretion, issuance of a change order to cover associated changes in the building design and materials (products or components), delays in delivery and installation of the building and/or additional charges to the customer by Romtec.

Romtec shall not be liable for any deficiency in the building design, materials (products and components), building kit delivery, building installation and/or any other part of the project that results from any error or omission in documents supplied to Romtec by the customer and by other parties on behalf of the customer at any time.

4. Compliance with building codes is limited
This Scope of Supply and Design Submittal may contain references to various building codes applicable at the time this document was produced. Romtec’s responsibility to meet the requirements contained in these codes extends only to the revisions of these codes listed in this document. Any change to the building design and/or materials, components or products resulting from Doc Rev: 9-9-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 683 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC’S RESPONSIBILITIES
a revision of a building code occurring after this document is approved will result in a change order.

Local building departments reserve the right to modify national building codes to meet the needs of their area. There is no way for Romtec to always know what the requirements of the reviewing authority will be. Romtec has made every effort to meet local codes. Any revision to the design after submittal approval and notice to proceed will result in a change order.

If customer does not notify Romtec, at or before the customer provides Romtec with SSDS approval and notice to proceed, of any building codes/regulations unique to customer’s area that are not included in state or national codes, a change order will be issued for any costs Romtec incurs in order to comply with such codes or irregularities.

If health department permits are required for any food related services within the building, Romtec encourages the customer to submit preliminary plans for review and comments before the plans are sealed and the building is produced. Any changes to the design after submittal approval and notice to proceed, resulting from a health department review, will result in a change order.

5. Romtec is not responsible for the review or understanding of this document by the customer, the customer’s representative, architects, engineers and others associated with the project.

The customer, architects, engineers, owner and all other parties interested in the project are urged to contact Romtec, at any time, with any questions they may have about the building described herein, or about Romtec’s responsibilities related to the project.

Romtec will make every effort to ensure that all parties have access to complete information about the building; however, Romtec is not responsible for the distribution of this document and/or misunderstandings, errors and costs that arise from an incomplete understanding, by any party, of the information contained in this document, including past revisions of this document.

6. Romtec evaluates ADA guidelines only within the footprint of the Romtec structure supplied.

The building structure described herein is designed to ADA guidelines.

Romtec does not evaluate ADA compliance beyond ten feet from the building perimeter. The customer is responsible for complying with ADA guidelines to and from the Romtec structure.

7. Site Conditions
Except for those site conditions expressly stated in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, Romtec has no knowledge of existing conditions at the Doc Rev: 9-9-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 684 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC’S RESPONSIBILITIES
project site. If at any time it is determined by Romtec that any condition at the project site that was previously not disclosed to Romtec may affect the design of the building, the materials supplied and/or the building installation, Romtec may, at its discretion, require issuance of change orders to accommodate all necessary changes to the building and/or its installation.

Such change orders may result in additional charges by Romtec to the customer and delay of project completion.

A. Site Topography
Unless otherwise stated in this document, the building site shall be level and the finish grade of the ground around the building site shall slope away from the building for drainage. Romtec has assumed this in the building design.

If the site is not level or lacks sufficient drainage, Romtec requires that a site plan with topography be delivered to Romtec operations before final approval and sealing of the building plans by Romtec.

B. Site Water & Drainage
In addition to the finish grade sloping away from the building as mentioned above, additional measures to control surface water and groundwater at or near the site may be required.

Although Romtec does not know of specific site conditions that may require such analysis, a geotechnical report from a qualified engineer may be necessary. If a report is necessary, Romtec requires that the report be delivered to Romtec operations before the final approval and sealing of the building plans in order to review the basis of design for soil bearing. Any re-design or request for change after plans are approved will result in a change order.

A report of excess surface water or groundwater at the site delivered to Romtec after the plans have been sealed will result in a change order and additional charges to the customer for re-design and resealing of the plans.

Note: Romtec does not supply or install rain gutters, downspouts or rain-water drain lines with the building. If these are to be supplied and installed by others, the discharge of water from drain lines must be far enough away from the building so as to not affect the soil around or under the building.

C. Site Soil Bearing
Unless otherwise stated in this document, the soil on which the building will be constructed shall support a minimum of 1500 pounds per square foot. Romtec has assumed this in the building design.

Doc Rev: 9-9-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 685 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC’S RESPONSIBILITIES
A report of inadequate soil conditions at the site delivered to Romtec after the plans have been finalized will result in a change order and additional charges to the customer for revision of the plans.

Note: If Romtec receives signed approval documents, and seals the plan set and calculations, and is then sent a soils report which requires a re-sealing or re-design, this will incur a change order.

D. Disposal of Packaging, Extra Building Materials
Installer is responsible for disposal of any of the building kit’s packaging materials or any extra building materials originally supplied by Romtec or installer that are left over from installation of the building. Packaging and materials not originally supplied by Romtec or installer are not the responsibility of installer. Prior to building installation customer shall inform Romtec of any recycling requirements and/or disposal limitations.

Accommodation of special recycling requirements that are communicated to Romtec after the plans have been finalized may result in a change order and additional charges for this service.

E. Disposal of Previously Contaminated Digging Spoils and Other Site Debris
Under no circumstance is Romtec or the installer responsible for the previously contaminated soil or other materials originating on the project site. Prior to any site excavation, customer shall inform Romtec of the condition of soil and/or other materials at the site. Customer shall disclose to Romtec any regulations, limitations or findings of any kind that are related to the condition and/or to its distribution and/or disposal of site soil and/or other materials.

If at any time it is determined by anyone that, for any reason, the soil or other materials at the site require special handling of any kind, it shall become the responsibility of the customer to execute and pay for such special handling.

In the event of discovery of previously contaminated site materials requiring special handling, Romtec reserves the right to stop work on the project and inform the customer and/or regulatory authority of the discovery. Work stoppage due to discovery of site materials requiring special handling shall not be grounds for delay claims by customer against Romtec or Installer.

F. Underground Lines
Romtec and/or installer shall not be responsible for the location, disturbance, or damage of any unidentified and/or unknown Doc Rev: 9-9-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 686 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC’S RESPONSIBILITIES
underground lines of any kind. Romtec and/or installer shall only be responsible for underground lines or utilities identified and located by regulatory agencies whose responsibility is to identify and locate such lines and utilities. Any costs associated with any action which results from the incidental discovery, disturbance, or damage of any previously unidentified and/or unknown underground lines or utilities of any kind, including any pipeline or other transportation conduit, shall be solely the customer’s responsibility to bear.

8. Romtec does not submit for or pay fees for building permits.

As required by building codes and the reviewing authority, customer shall submit plan set (construction drawings) and product submittals to reviewing authority for approval (if applicable). Customer shall pay all charges related to the plan set review and building permit(s). Customer shall notify Romtec that building permit(s) and final approved plan set (construction drawings) (if applicable) are available. No other documents shall be used for installation of the building.

9. Installation time is not specified.

Romtec designs and manufactures its buildings for quick and complete installation. However, Romtec makes no representation as to how long it will take to prepare the site, install the building, connect the building’s electrical systems to utilities not supplied by Romtec or to receive final approval of the completed building form regulatory agencies.

10. Romtec is not responsible for determining the methods and equipment used in site preparation and installation.

All methods and equipment used at the site are the responsibility of the installation contractor/subcontractors, not Romtec. Romtec does not know or specify what site preparation methods should or will be used. Romtec does not specify and does not know what types of equipment the installation contractor and/or subcontractors will use at the site. Romtec does not know the suitability of any equipment for installation of products supplied by Romtec.

11. Implementation of the building plans contained in this document requires a thorough knowledge of applicable national, state and local building codes and methods of construction required for the building.

Romtec is not responsible for ensuring that every conceivable construction detail or site condition is reflected in the plans or that the customer, customer’s representative, building installer and trade subcontractors have the necessary knowledge of applicable codes to perform construction and/or installation work required by such codes.

Doc Rev: 9-9-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 687 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC’S RESPONSIBILITIES

12. Discrepancies
During the construction/installation of the building, if the contractor/installer discovers a discrepancy in the plans, missing materials, or a shortage of materials, contractor is to notify Romtec immediately and report the problem before proceeding. Romtec will then advise the contractor/installer on a course of action.

Note: If the contractor/installer purchase materials to replace missing or shortage items without notifying Romtec or having Romtec’s approval, Romtec will not be liable for reimbursement.

13. Code Issues
If during construction of the building the inspector declares a discrepancy or code issue, the contractor is to contact Romtec immediately and report the problem before proceeding.

In the event of theft or vandalism, please notify Romtec. Romtec is not responsible for losses of materials/equipment due to theft or vandalism.

Romtec will assist in replacing lost material.

14. FRP Materials
If FRP panels are included in the design of this building, Romtec has also supplied the glue and pins for installation. Romtec has supplied a gallon of adhesive per panel which is significantly more than the manufacturer recommended two-thirds of a gallon per panel. Romtec has also supplied extra pins beyond the recommended amount per panel (see plans for installation instructions). If the installer uses more adhesive and/or pins than recommended, then it is the installer’s responsibility to supply the additional materials.

Doc Rev: 9-9-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 688 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.03 COPYRIGHT
These copyrighted documents and the building designs and design concepts contained within these documents are the exclusive property of Romtec, Inc., which reserves all rights to their communication, distribution, reproduction, revision and use. These construction drawings and/or these designs may not be communicated, distributed, reproduced, revised or adapted in any way without the express written consent of Romtec, Inc. Any use of these plan sets and/or designs for any purpose other than the construction of this specific building order supplied by Romtec, Inc. is prohibited.

Rev. 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 689 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5. PROJECT DESIGN
This section is structured as follows:

5.01 PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA FORM

5.02 PLAN SET

5.03 CALCULATIONS

5.04 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

5.04.1 STRUCTURE

5.04.2 EXTERIOR

5.04.3 FIXTURES

5.04.4 ACCESSORIES

8.a
Packet Pg. 690 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Project Name:

Design Criteria Date:

Information here in
provided by:

Name:

Client for this project is: Public Agency
Romtec Building Model:

Project Location:

Installation: By Others
Engineering Services
Required:

Sealed Plans &
Calculations
Block: Split Face
Roof System SIP Panel
Roofing Composition
Doors 18 ga.

Door Locks Deadbolt

5.01 PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA
Southern Pump
City of El Centro
9/13/2013
Randy Hines
Romtec has designed this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal based on the following information approved by the customer during the preliminary design.

PROJECT INFORMATION
Custom Utility
El Centro, CA

DOORS & WINDOWS

THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION

MASONRY

8.a
Packet Pg. 691 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.02 PLAN SET
Current plan set to follow.

8.a
Packet Pg. 692 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 693
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 694
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.03 CALCULATIONS
If included in the proposal, structural calculations to follow once plans are sealed.

8.a
Packet Pg. 695 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.04 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
Product Data Sheet Section
This section corresponds with the plan set, describing each component supplied by Romtec in the building kit. The data sheets may be submitted for approval by the reviewing authority and are for use in construction of the building.

The product data sheets are organized as follows:

5.04.1 STRUCTURE

5.04.2 EXTERIOR

5.04.3 FIXTURES

5.04.4 ACCESSORIES

Doc Rev: 11-4-13

8.a
Packet Pg. 696 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.04.1 STRUCTURE
Data sheets to follow.

8.a
Packet Pg. 697 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 698
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 699
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 700
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 701
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

HYDRATITE PLUS
Water Repellent and Shrinkage Control Mortar Admixture

DESCRIPTION
HYDRATITE PLUS is a combination of complex
organic and inorganic polymers on a siliceous base
which, when added to mortar, minimizes shrinkage,
controls efflorescence, increases the plasticity of the mortar mix and imparts water repellency properties to
the cured mortar. Its chemical action retains mixing
water in mortar long enough for proper hydration
without shrinkage.

USE
HYDRATITE PLUS is added to mortar used on all
types of masonry units to prevent premature loss of
mixing water, increase workability and to allow mortar
to develop water repellent properties. Shrinkage is
controlled. Mortar joints are tight.

The passage of water through masonry units
dissolves salts of sodium, calcium and potassium,
carrying these salts to the surface of the unit. The
salts then crystallize to form efflorescence, an
objectionable discoloration of the masonry surface.

HYDRATITE PLUS provides efflorescence control
during construction by preventing excessive
absorption and diffusion of water through masonry
units.

Typical uses include below grade construction, such
as foundation and basement walls, and above grade
structures such as retaining walls and storage tanks.

TECHNICAL DATA
Test Results
Ref. Hydratite
Water Repellency
2” Cubes, ASTM C109
¼” Immersion, 1 hour
Relative Absorption, % 100 57
Total Immersion, 2 hours
Relative Absorption 100 65

MIXING PROPORTIONS
HYDRATITE PLUS should be mixed with the dry
Portland cement before the addition of water. Add to
the dry mix 1.0 pound of HYDRATITE PLUS for each
94 pound bag of cement. Add an additional 1.0 pound
of HYDRATITE PLUS for each bag of lime used.

PACKAGING
50 pound polylined bags

STORAGE
40 TO 90°F. Protect from moisture.

SHELF LIFE
2 years in original sealed containers, in protected
storage.

CAUTIONS
Do not use below 40°F or above 95°F. Follow
practices recommended by ACI guidelines. Do not
use with other additives without prior testing.

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY PRE-CAUTIONS
Contains silica aggregate. Do not breathe dust. May
cause delayed lung injury (Silicosis). IARC reports
Crystalline silica may cause cancer in humans. In
case of eye contact, flood eyes with potable water and
call a physician. DO NOT RUB EYES. Wash skin
thoroughly after handling and before smoking or
eating. Use adequate ventilation. Sweep up spilled
powder and handle as non-hazardous nuisance dust
according to local regulations.

READ MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET BEFORE
USING. MATERIAL IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE
ONLY. KEEP AWAY FROM CHILDREN AND
ANIMALS. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PHONE
NUMBERS ARE (800) 862-2667 TAMMS OR (800)
424-9300 CHEMTREC.

TECHNICAL SERVICE
For other questions not answered herein please
contact:

TAMMS INDUSTRIES
3835 State Route 72 Kirkland, IL 60146
Phone: 815-522-3394 Fax: 815-522-2323
www.tamms.com

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET

8.a
Packet Pg. 702 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

WARRANTY
Seller warrants that its products do not infringe upon any copyright, patent, trademark, or trade secret nor violate the proprietary information rights of any third party. Seller warrants that its products will conform to and perform in accordance with the product's specifications. THE

FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE

CONCERNING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Because of the
difficulty of ascertaining and measuring damages
hereunder, it is agreed that except for claims for bodily injury, the seller's liability to the buyer or any other third party for any losses or damages, whether direct or
otherwise, arising out of the purchase of the product from the seller by the buyer shall not exceed total amount billed and billable to the buyer for the product. IN NO EVENT

WILL THE SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF

PROFITS OR OTHER SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES, EVEN IF SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

TAMMS INDUSTRIES
Kirkland, IL 60146
8-99

8.a
Packet Pg. 703 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

F-SERIES FLUSH FRAMES
Technical Data Manual Rev. 4/09 2.2.1
ABOUT THE PRODUCT:

F Series 3 Sided Flush Frames are designed to meet requirements for light to maximum duty applications in both commercial and institutional buildings. They are installed in both interior and exterior locations, and in virtually all types of buildings and wall constructions.

These frames are to be installed as part of the wall framing sequence.

They can be specified and supplied as KD (knock-down) for field assembly prior to installation or welded for installation as a complete unit.

INSTALLATION:

1. Installation shall conform to the published Steelcraft installation instructions, ANSI A250.11-2001 (formerly SDI 105)
Recommended
Erection Instructions for Steel Frames and HMMA 840.

2. Fire Rated Assemblies must be in accordance with NFPA Pamphlet

80. The Authority Having Jurisdiction is the final authority in issues
related to the installation and use of installed Fire Rated Doors.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

Steelcraft F Series Flush Frames offer the following unique features, which enhance long term functionality and durability:

1. Die-mitered corner connections Die-mitered corner connection at the head and jamb insure an attractive, tight and closed mitered connection. The miter includes 4 corner tabs designed with concealed connection eliminating the need for continuous profile welding.

2. Patented universal hinge preparations allow for easy field conversion from standard weight .134” (3.3mm) thick hinges to heavy weight .180” (4.7mm) hinges.

3. Adjustable base anchors allow for installation adjustment when the floor is not level.

4. Factory prepared for field installed silencers.

5. Factory applied baked on rust inhibiting primer in accordance with ANSI A250.10-1998 (R2004).

SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE:

1. Overall frame construction for the Steelcraft F-Series Flush Frames meets the requirements of ANSI A250.8-2003 (commonly referred to as SDI-100).

2. Hardware preparations and reinforcements are in accordance with ANSI A250.6-2003. Locations are in accordance with
ANSI/DHI A115 .

FIRE RATINGS:

The F-Series Flush Frames meet the broadest fire rating requirements.

They are listed for installations requiring compliance to both neutral pressure testing (ASTM E152 and UL 10B) and positive pressure standards (UBC 7-2 and UL 10C). Refer to the Fire Rated Section of this manual for particular listings.

APPLICATIONS:

F-Series Frames are typically installed in wall construction types as defined in the chart below:

Profile Steel Thickness Wall Construction Typical Wall Anchors F16 16 Gage [0.053" (1.3mm)] Wood or Steel Stud Lock-in Stud Anchor Masonry Wire Masonry
Existing Masonry Bolted Through Soffit
F14 14 Gage [0.067" (1.7mm)] Wood or Steel Stud Lock-in Stud Anchor Masonry Wire Masonry
Existing Masonry Bolted Through Soffit
F12 12 Gage [0.093" (2.3mm)] Wood or Steel Stud Welded Stud Anchors Masonry Wire Masonry
Existing Masonry Bolted Through Soffit

FRAME APPLICATIONS

8.a
Packet Pg. 704 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

FLUSH FRAMES F-SERIES

2.2.1a Technical Data Manual Rev. 4/09
Elevation
Finished Opening Width 2˝
(50 mm)
2˝
(50 mm)
9-3/4˝
(248 mm)
Equal
Equal
10-3/8˝ (264 mm)
40-5/16˝
(1024 mm)
HINGE
HINGE
HINGE
STRIKE
2˝ (50 mm)
Finished
Opening
Height
Standard Double Rabbet Frame
Throat
Opening
1-9/16˝
(40 mm)
Varies Jamb
Depth
*1/2˝ (13 mm)
2˝
(50 mm)
5/8" (16 mm)
1-15/16"
(49 mm)
Opening Width
3/4" (19 mm) for F12
Opening Width
3/4" (19 mm) for F12
*1/2˝ (13 mm)
Single Rabbet Frame
Throat
Opening
Jamb
Depth
1-15/16˝
(49 mm)
Varies
5/8˝ (16 mm)
2˝
(50 mm)
*1/2˝ (13 mm)
*1/2˝ (13 mm)
Optional 14 gage closer reinforcement

SERIES MAXIMUM OPENING SIZE JAMB DEPTH AVAILABILITY STANDARD PROFILE DIMENSIONS CORNERS (profile) (Variations Available)
Single Pair SINGLE RABBET DOUBLE RABBET FACE STOP RETURNS STANDARD Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
F16 5´-0˝ x 11´-0˝ 10´-0˝ x 11´-0˝ 3˝ 20˝ 4-3/4˝ 20˝ 2˝ 5/8˝ 1/2˝* F14 (1524mm x 3353mm) (2439mm x 3353mm) (76mm) (508mm) (121mm) (508mm) (50mm) (16mm) (13mm) F12 4´-0˝ x 8´-0˝ 8´-0˝ x 8´-0˝ N/A N/A 4-3/4˝ 14-3/4˝ 2˝ 3/4˝ 1/2˝ (1524mm x 3353mm) (2439mm x 3353mm) (76mm) (508mm) (121mm) (375mm) (50mm) (19mm) (13mm) *except 5-3/4" (146mm) depth, which is 7/16" (11mm) N/A - Not Available

DIE MITERED
with four (4)
concealed tabs
interlocking head
and jambs
*7/16˝ (11mm) on 5-3/4˝ frame depth

FRAME SIZING OPTIONS
Square cut for
welded corners

8.a
Packet Pg. 705 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

F-SERIES FLUSH FRAMES
Technical Data Manual Rev. 4/09 2.2.1b
Universal Mortise Hinge Prep
4-1/2˝ Standard
(114 mm)
5˝ Optional
(127 mm)
7 Gage Hinge Reinforcement
47⁄8˝ Strike Prep (ASA)
4-7/8˝
(124 mm)
Optional 4˝ (102mm)
Face Head Detail
KD Corner Detail Welded Corner
GENERAL NOTES:

1. Variations in jamb depths available in 1/8” (3mm) increments.

2. All F Series frames are supplied standard with masonry wire or lock-in jamb anchors and adjustable base anchors. Anchors are designed for maximum wall/frame engagement and installation flexibility.

3. F Series Frames are to be installed as part of the wall framing sequence.

4. Depending on environmental and usage conditions the steel can be either cold rolled or galvannealed. Galvannealed steel is recommended for all exterior applications.

CORNER CONNECTIONS

SERIES FRAME PROFILE KD SUA
(Knock-Down) (Set-Up &Weld) 4˝ (102mm) HEADS

SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE DOUBLE

RABBET RABBET RABBET RABBET RABBET RABBET
F16
F14
F12
N/A = Not Available
Typically for walls
less than 3-3/4˝
(95mm) thick.

Minimum walls
thickness
2˝ (51mm)
Die-mitered for use with 2˝ (51mm)
face double rabbet jambs.

Available when specified for KD
or SUAapplications.

Typically for
walls 3-3/4˝
(95mm)
thickness
or greater
4 interlocking
corner tabs per
factory die-miter.

See the “KD
Corner Detail
Available when specified, and
in accordance with ANSIA250.8-2003
(SDI 100).

Backweld
3 interlocking
corner tabs per
factory die-miter.

See the “KD
Corner Detail

FRAME OPTIONS

N/A N/A N/A
Standard Saw Cut and welded,
and in accordance with
ANSI A250.8-2003 (SDI 100)
For use with 2˝ (51mm)
face double rabbet jambs.

8.a
Packet Pg. 706 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

FLUSH FRAMES F-SERIES

2.2.1c Technical Data Manual Rev. 4/09
SERIES Steel Type Building Type Opening Usage KD4 SUA5Applications Frequency1 Corner Corner Non- Interior Heavy to Typical Building Conditions F16 Galvannealed2 Institutional and Extra Heavy ✓✓
Galvannealed3 Commercial Mainly Exterior Duty High Humidity and/or Weather Exposure Non- Interior Typical Building Conditions F14 Galvannealed2 Institutional and Extra Heavy to ✓✓
Galvannealed3 Commercial Mainly Exterior Maximum Duty
High Humidity and/or Weather Exposure
F12 Galvannealed Institutional and Interior and Exterior Maximum Duty N/A ✓
Maximum Traffic Building Conditions
Commercial High Humidity and/or Weather Exposure
1 Usage frequency is based on ANSIA250.8-2003
2 Commercial quality cold rolled steel
3 Reinforcements for galvannealed frames are also galvannealed 4 Knock-Down for field assembly prior to installation
5 Set-up and Welded for installation as a pre-welded unit Adjustable Base Anchor
Attached with S.M. screws furnished
Anchor for Wood Stud Partition
Lock-in Anchor
Wire Masonry Anchor
3/16" (5 mm) dia. wire
Existing Wall Anchor
Maximum adjustment
1-3/8" (35 mm) below frame

FRAMING APPLICATIONS
Anchoring and Installation Notes:

1. F16 and F14-Series Commercial and Institutional Frames are supplied standard with masonry wire or lock-in jamb anchors and adjustable base anchors. Anchors are designed for maximum wall/frame engagement and installation flexibility.

2. For anchoring applications, refer to section 2.4 of this manual.

3. Installation Caution Notice – Grouted Frames:
• When temperature conditions necessitate an additive to be used in the mortar to prevent freezing, the contractor installing the frames must coat the inside of frames in the field with a corrosion resistant coating per SDI 105.
• When frames are to be grouted full, silencers must be field installed prior to grouting. • Steel frames, including fire rated frames, do not require grouting. Grouting is not recommended for frames in drywall.

4. All fire rated frames must be installed in accordance with NFPA Pamphlet 80 and the Authority Having Jurisdiction .

8.a
Packet Pg. 707 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 708
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 709 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 710 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 711 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

GABLE LEXAN WINDOW
The following is an example of the Romtec gable lexan window included in the design of this building.

Specifications
• Angle Iron Frame – 2” X 2” X 1/8”
• Pre-assembled steel frame
• Lexan is 1/8” thick
• Translucent Pebble Finish
• Powder coated, standard color is black
• See plans for dimensions

8.a
Packet Pg. 712 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Oakridge®
Shingles
Oakridge® Estate Gray†

8.a
Packet Pg713 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

OWENS CORNING ROOFING AND ASPHALT, LLC

ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1-800-GET-PINK®
www.roofing.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 10009498-G. Printed in U.S.A. November 2011. THE PINK PANTHER™ & © 1964–2011 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. ©2011 Owens Corning. (Compton, Denver, Portland)
Preferred Contractors are independent contractors and are neither affiliates nor agents of Owens Corning Roofing & Asphalt , LLC, or its affiliated companies.

Want to know more about Owens Corning™
products or find an Owens Corning™
Preferred Contractor in your area?
It’s easy to reach us:
1-800-GET-PINK ®
www.roofing.owenscorning.com
Looking for more color on your roof?
Consider our Designer Colors Collection, the latest addition to our Duration® Series shingles product line. They offer the same exceptional performance—in five unique colors you won’t find elsewhere. Ask your contractor how our Designer Colors Collection can transform the look of your home.
a
b
d
c
e
f
g
h
ROOFING SYSTEMThe essentials for a healthy
roofing system.

It takes more than just shingles to create a highperformance roof. It requires a system of products working together. Owens Corning™ Roofing Essentials™
Accessory Products work with our shingles to make
up a roofing system that helps provide maximum durability for your roof. And the most protection for your home.

VentSure®
Ventilation Products. Help
protect a roof from premature failure by
helping remove heat and moisture from
the attic.

PINK®
Fiberglas™ Blown-In Insulation.

Tiny air pockets trapped in the insulation resist
the passage of heat flow.

Owens Corning™ Hip & Ridge Shingles.

Help protect the ridge vent and add an attractive,
finished look to a roof’s hips and ridges.

Owens Corning™ Shingles. Add durable beauty
to a home. Shingles are the first line of defense
against the elements.

Owens Corning™ Underlayment Products.

Add an extra layer of protection between the shingles
and the roof deck to help prevent damage from
wind-driven rain.

WeatherLock®
Self-Sealing Ice & Water Barrier
Products. Help guard vulnerable areas where water
can do the most damage to a roof: eaves, valleys,
dormers and skylights.

Owens Corning™ Starter Shingle Products.

The first step in the proper installation of shingles.

Owens Corning™ Undereave Ventilation Products.

Help prevent moisture buildup in the attic by working
with ridge vents to keep air moving.
a
c
e
f
h
g
d
b

8.a
Packet Pg714 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Oakridge®
Shingles
Product Attributes
Warranty Length*
Limited Lifetime‡‡
Wind Resistance Limited Warranty*
110/130** MPH
Tru PROtection® Non-Prorated
Limited Warranty* Period
10 Years
Oakridge® Shingles
Product Specifications
Nominal Size 131⁄4" x 393⁄8"
Exposure 55
⁄8"
Shingles per Square 64
Bundles per Square 3
Coverage per Square 98.4 sq. ft.

Applicable Standards and Codes
ASTM E 108, Class A Fire ASTM D 3462
ASTM D 3161, Class F Wind ASTM D 228
ASTM D 7158, Class H Wind UL 790, Class A
ASTM D 3018, Type 1 CSA 123.5 


Amber†
Not Available in Service Area B (see map).

Brownwood†
Onyx Black Driftwood†/†† †
Teak†
Sierra Gray Estate Gray†/†† †/††
Desert Tan†/††
Shasta White†
ENERGY STAR® is for roofs too
Similar to the energy-efficient appliances in
your home, roofing products can provide
energy-saving qualities. Owens Corning™
Oakridge roofing shingles in Shasta White can help
reduce your energy bills when installed properly. These shingles reflect solar energy, decreasing the amount of heat transferred to a home’s interior—and the amount
of air conditioning needed to keep it comfortable. Actual savings will vary based on geographic location and
individual building characteristics. Call 1-800-GET-PINK® or 1-888-STAR-YES for more information.

Oakridge® shingles have a warm, inviting look in popular colors for a step up from traditional three-tab shingles. A Limited Lifetime Warranty*/‡‡ with 110/130** MPH Wind
Resistance Limited Warranty* adds to this shingle’s
appeal, along with our Algae Resistance Limited
Warranty.*
* See actual warranty for complete details, limitations and requirements. ** 130 MPH is a able only with 6-nail application and Owens Corning™ Starter Shingle product application in eaves and rakes in accordance with installation instructions.
† Owens Corning strives to accurately reproduce photographs of shingles. Due to manufacturing variances, the limitations of the printing process and the variations in natural lighting, actual shingle colors and granule blends may vary from the photo. The pitch of your roof can also impact how a shingle looks on your home. We suggest that you view a roofing display or several shingles to get a better idea of the actual color. To accurately judge your shingle and color choice, we recommend that you view it on an actual roof with a pitch similar to your own roof prior to making your final selection. Color availability subject to change without notice. Ask your professional roofing contractor for samples of colors available in your area. †† Available in Algae Resistance in Service Area B (see map).

ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. ‡‡ 40-year Limited Warranty on commercial projects.

8.a
Packet Pg715 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

OWENS CORNING ROOFING AND ASPHALT, LLC

ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1-800-GET-PINK®
www.roofing.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 10009498-G. Printed in U.S.A. November 2011. THE PINK PANTHER™ & © 1964–2011 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. ©2011 Owens Corning. (Compton, Denver, Portland)
Preferred Contractors are independent contractors and are neither affiliates nor agents of Owens Corning Roofing & Asphalt , LLC, or its affiliated companies.

Want to know more about Owens Corning™
products or find an Owens Corning™
Preferred Contractor in your area?
It’s easy to reach us:
1-800-GET-PINK ®
www.roofing.owenscorning.com
Looking for more color on your roof?
Consider our Designer Colors Collection, the latest addition to our Duration® Series shingles product line. They offer the same exceptional performance—in five unique colors you won’t find elsewhere. Ask your contractor how our Designer Colors Collection can transform the look of your home.
a
b
d
c
e
f
g
h
ROOFING SYSTEMThe essentials for a healthy
roofing system.

It takes more than just shingles to create a highperformance roof. It requires a system of products working together. Owens Corning™ Roofing Essentials™
Accessory Products work with our shingles to make
up a roofing system that helps provide maximum durability for your roof. And the most protection for your home.

VentSure®
Ventilation Products. Help
protect a roof from premature failure by
helping remove heat and moisture from
the attic.

PINK®
Fiberglas™ Blown-In Insulation.

Tiny air pockets trapped in the insulation resist
the passage of heat flow.

Owens Corning™ Hip & Ridge Shingles.

Help protect the ridge vent and add an attractive,
finished look to a roof’s hips and ridges.

Owens Corning™ Shingles. Add durable beauty
to a home. Shingles are the first line of defense
against the elements.

Owens Corning™ Underlayment Products.

Add an extra layer of protection between the shingles
and the roof deck to help prevent damage from
wind-driven rain.

WeatherLock®
Self-Sealing Ice & Water Barrier
Products. Help guard vulnerable areas where water
can do the most damage to a roof: eaves, valleys,
dormers and skylights.

Owens Corning™ Starter Shingle Products.

The first step in the proper installation of shingles.

Owens Corning™ Undereave Ventilation Products.

Help prevent moisture buildup in the attic by working
with ridge vents to keep air moving.
a
c
e
f
h
g
d
b

8.a
Packet Pg716 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 717 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.04.2 EXTERIOR
Data sheets to follow.

8.a
Packet Pg. 718 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

SL-SERIES (SQUARE EDGES) FLUSH DOORS
Technical Data Manual Rev. 4/08 3.2.2
ABOUT THE PRODUCT:

The SL20 and SL18 Series Square Edge Flush Doors are designed to meet the architectural requirements for full flush doors. Refer to Section 11 (Architectural) for specifications and the selection and usage guide of the appropriate door constructions.

This door construction combines the strength and dimensional stability of steel with the structural integrity of the laminate core.

The continuous bonding of core to steel face sheets provides an attractive, flat door, free of face welding marks. Tests have proven that the construction employed has integral high resistance to impact damage, low thermal conductivity and high STC ratings.

To meet application, specification and performance requirements, the SL Series Door offers options including sizes, glass light designs and hardware preparations.

SL-Series Doors are 1-3/4˝ (45mm) thick, with Square Edges.

INSTALLATION:

1. Installation shall conform to the published Steelcraft installation instructions, ANSI A250.11-2001 (formerly SDI 105) Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames and HMMA 840.

2. Fire Rated Assemblies must be in accordance with NFPA Pamphlet

80. The Authority Having Jurisdiction is the final authority on issues related to the installation and use of installed Fire Rated Doors.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

Steelcraft’s SL Series Doors offer the following standard features, which enhance performance and durability:

1. Core Systems that enhance the structural integrity of the door:
• Honeycomb (standard) – 1” (25mm) cell kraft honeycomb configuration that increases structural integrity while reducing overall weight
• Polystyrene (optional) – enhanced thermal performance

2. Full Height, Epoxy Filled Mechanical Interlock Edges provide structural support and stability the full height of the door edges.

3. Standard Hinge Preparations for 4-1/2” (114mm) x .134” (3.3mm) standard weight or .180” (4.7mm) heavy weight hinges.

4. 14 Gage [0.067” (1.7mm)] Inverted Top and Bottom
Channels provide stability and protection for the top and bottom edges from abuse.

5. Square Hinge and Lock Edges allow for non-handed inventory control for local distribution.

6. Recessed Dezigner™ Glass Trim provides a clean, neat and flush finish with the door surface.

7. Factory Applied Baked-On Rust Inhibiting Primer paint in accordance with ANSI A250.10-1998 (R2004).

SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE:

1. Door construction for Steelcraft SL Series doors meets the requirements of ANSI A250.8-2003 (SDI 100).

2. Hardware preparations and reinforcements are in accordance with ANSI A250.6-2003. Locations are in accordance with ANSI/DHI A115 unless otherwise stated.

FIRE RATINGS:

SL Series Doors meet the broadest fire rating requirements.

They are listed for installations requiring compliance to both neutral pressure testing (ASTM E152 and UL-10B) and positive pressure standards (UBC 7-2 and UL-10C).

8.a
Packet Pg. 719 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

FLUSH DOORS (SQUARE EDGES) SL-SERIES

3.2.2a Technical Data Manual Rev. 4/08
Rigid Honeycomb
Standard Laminated Honeycomb Core
• 1” (25mm) cell, 99 pound Kraft honeycomb
•Honeycomb surfaces sanded for maximum adhesion
• Impregnated with phenolic resin (resists mildew and vermin) • Laminated to both face sheets with contact adhesive
• Assembled door is run through high pressure pinch rollers, achieving ultimate bond
Optional Polystyrene Core
• 1 pound (453.6g) per ft3 density slab
• Laminated to both face sheets with contact adhesive
• Labeled applications
Standard Premium Edge Construction
• Beveled hinge & lock edges
• Full height mechanical interlock with epoxy adhesive
• Visible edge seam standard
Standard Rigid 14 Gage End Channel Construction
• 14 gage inverted galvannealed top & bottom channels
• Projection welded to both face sheets
•Optional 24 gage galvannealed top caps
Series Steel
Thickness Opening Usage Frequency
SL20 20 Ga (0.8mm) Interior - Cold Rolled Steel Standard Duty Light Commercial applications with minimal use and abuse SL20 20 Ga (0.8mm) Exterior - Galvannealled Steel
SL18 18 Ga (1.0mm) Interior - Cold Rolled Steel Heavy Duty Heavy Commercial & Institutional applications with high use SL18 18 Ga (1.0mm) Exterior - Galvannealled Steel

DOOR APPLICATION AND USAGE

8.a
Packet Pg. 720 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

SL-SERIES (SQUARE EDGES) FLUSH DOORS
Technical Data Manual Rev. 4/08 3.2.2b
161 Lock
61L Available
Mortise Hinge
7 Gage hinge reinforcement, reversible
hinge fillers supplied
Optional 14 Gage
Closer Reinforcement
Inactive Leaf ASA
Strike Prep with
Astragal attached
Standard: mortised and reinforced for
• Template hinge preparations for 4-1/2” x .134” standard weight hinges or for 4-1/2” x .180” heavy weight hinges.

Butt hinge preparations are cut through for non-handed function; spacer plates are furnished for field installation and handing. • The cylindrical 161, 61L and mortise 86 lock preps are the most commonly used active leaf preparations. The 4 7/8 (124mm) strike prep is the most commonly used inactive leaf preparation.
•Optional reinforcements for surface Closers are available. • Limited hardware applications are available.

Door Sizes and ANSI A250.8 Conversions
Steelcraft product selection for SL Series Doors has been matched to ANSI/SDI Level and Model designations. • In accordance with ANSI A250.8, core material is not specific to the level or model designations. Core material selection is specified based on preference and application.
• Recommended minimum frame gage also applies to the frequency of operation of the opening.

STANDARD HARDWARE PREPARATIONS
ANSI A250.8 - SDI 100 Edge
Construction Maximum Sizes
Series Level Model Description Options Single Pair Recommended Gage of Frame Level 1 - Light Commercial
SL20 1 1 Full Flush Visible 3'-0" x 8'-0" 6'-0" x 8'-0" 18 Gage [0.042" (1.0mm)] 914mm x 2438mm 1829mm x 2438mm 16 Gage [0.053" (1.3mm)] Level 2 - Heavy Duty Commercial & Institutional
SL18 2 1 Full Flush Visible 4'-0" x 8'-0" 8'-0" x 8'-0" 16 Gage [0.053" (1.3mm)] 1219mm x 2438mm 2438mm x 2438mm Typical hardware applications shown. Refer to section 8 for more details.

8.a
Packet Pg. 721 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

FLUSH DOORS (SQUARE EDGES) SL-SERIES

3.2.2c Technical Data Manual Rev. 4/08
GLASS LIGHT OPTIONS – REFER TO THE LIGHTS AND LOUVERS SECTION FOR FURTHER DETAILS 1-1/4"
(32 mm)
3/8"
(9 mm)
3/4"
(19 mm)
Standard Dezigner® Trim for 1⁄4˝ Thick Glass
• Optional 1/2” Thick Glass
DOOR EDGE CONSTRUCTION:

Optional Edge Seams available in the SL Series doors:
• SL - Standard feature includes visible edge seams with full height interlocked edges.

Standard Visible Seam
SL Series Visible Seam Features
• Full height mechanical interlock
• Interlock filled with epoxy adhesive
• Visible edge seam
Note: Glazing type and thickness vary per job
requirements.

Note: Louver size and type vary per
requirements.

8.a
Packet Pg. 722 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Product Specifications
ECBB1101NRP
Product Information
Five Knuckle
Ball Bearing
Standard Weight
Description: - ANSI A2112 (Brass)
- ANSI A5112 (Stainless steel)
- Two ball bearings
- Non-removable pin with button tip and plug
- Only available in 4 -1/2" x 4 -1/2" (114 mm x 114 mm) - Fasteners are AMS x 1/2 WS
- For use on medium weight doors or doors requiring medium frequency service
Fasteners: - All machine and half wood
Material: - Brass w/ Stainless Steel pin ANSI A2112
- Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel pin ANSI A5112
Finishes: - US15, US26, US26D, US32D

8.a
Packet Pg. 723 Att
h
t
V
l
II
T
h
i
l S
ifi
ti
(4185
A
l
f Pl
d S
ifi
ti
S
th
P
St
ti
P
j
t)
Product Specifications
198S
Product Information
Door Protection Plate

0.038" gauge stainless steel
NFPA
Notes:
- NFPA 80 Standards - 6.4.5 Protection Plates 6.4.5.1 - Factory installed protection plates shall be installed in accordance with the listing of the door. 6.4.5.2 - Field installed protection plates shall be labeled and installed in accordance with their listing. 6.4.5.3 - Labeling shall not be required where the top of the protection plate is not more than 16" (406mm) above the bottom of the
door.

Gauge: - 0.038" (1 mm)
Materials: - Stainless Steel
Finishes: - US32D
Order: - Plates are sized on even inches. Odd size available and priced to next larger size.

Options: - UL listed for US32 and US32D*
*Must specify UL stamp - Self -adhesive tape available on all plates - Spanner head screws
- Torx head screws
- Round Corners
- Wrap around side and bottom return
- 0.125" material
Certification: - Meets ANSI A156.6 for J101 Metal Armor Plate, J102 Metal Kickplate, and J103 Metal Mop Plate

8.a
Packet Pg. 724 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Product Specifications
5200 Series
Product Information
Grade 1 Heavy Duty
Door Closer
Notes: - Full rack and pinion operation
- Precision machined, heat treated steel piston
- Triple heat treated steel spindle
Size: - 1-6 adjustable
Certifications: - BHMA Certified ANSI A156.4, adjustable sizes 2 to 5 - Standard - ADA Compliant ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
- UL/cUL Listed for up to 3 hours
- UL10C Positive Pressure Rated
- UL10B Neutral Pressure Rated
Material: - Aluminum alloy
Cover: - Full plastic cover - Standard
- Slim line plastic cover - Optional
- Full size plated metal cover - Optional
Springs: - Double heat treated steel, tempered springs
- Precision machined, heat treated Steel piston
- Triple heat treated Steel spindle
Valves: - Adjustable latching and sweep speed valve
- Adjustable backcheck valve - Standard
- Delayed action valve - Optional
Handing: - Non-Handed
Arms & Brackets: - Tri-Pack - Regular, parallel arm, and top jamb mount - Standard - 15% power adjustment in standard arm for regular and top jamb mount Optional Arms: - Hold Open Arm
- Extra Heavy Duty Hold Open Stop Arm
- Extra Heavy Duty Stop Arm
- Extra Heavy Duty Arm
- Extra Heavy Duty Hold Open Arm
- Extra Heavy Duty Cushion Stop Arm
- Extra Heavy Duty Hold Open Cushion Stop Arm
Fasteners: - Self -reaming, self -tapping wood and machine screws - Sex nuts and bolts
Door Thickness: - 1-3/4" (44 mm)
- 1-3/8'' - 2-1/4'' (36 mm - 57 mm) - Optional
Finishes:
- ALM, BRZ, DBZ, GOL, US3, US26, US26D
- Rust inhibiting primer - Standard

8.a
Packet Pg. 725 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Product Specifications
3100 Series
Product Information
Grade 1 Deadlock
Applications: - Auxiliary and primary locking
- Non-handed
- Conventional cylinder or Small Format
Interchangeable Core housing available
Certifications: - BHMA Certified ANSI A156.5 Grade 1
- ANSI A250.13 Severe Windstorm Resistant Component
- UL/cUL Listed for all functions up to 3 hours for "A" single doors - UL10B Neutral Pressure Rated
- UL10C Positive Pressure Rated
- ADA - Thumbturn
Exposed Trim: - Wrought brass or bronze
Mechanism: - Steel, zinc dichromate plating
Keys: - Two operating keys supplied per lock
Cylinders: - Brass - Keyed Different - C Keyway
- Other keying options, including keyed 6 -pin, available from the factory - SFIC uncombinated or combinated, brass 6 - or 7-pin sold separately - Drilled 6 -pin, Keyed 5 -pin - Standard
Door Thickness: - 1-3/4" - 2" (45 mm - 51 mm) - Standard - 2-1/4" (57 mm) available for conventional cylinder - Must specify Backset: - 2-3/4'' (70 mm) - Standard
- 2-3/8'' (60 mm) - Optional
Latchbolt: - 1'' (25 mm) Throw - Brass with concealed hardened steel roller to prevent sawing or cutting - 1-1/8'' x 2 -1/4'' (29 mm x 57 mm) square corner faceplate Strikes: - 3930 Square Corner, 1 -1/8'' x 2 -3/4'' (70 mm) with dustbox - Standard - 3929 ASA Deadbolt Strike - Optional
Functions: - 14 Double Cylinder
- 15 Single Cylinder x Thumbturn
- 18 Classroom
Standard door prep: - Cylinder hole: 2 -1/8'' (54 mm) diameter (cross bore) - Latch hole: 1'' (25 mm) diameter (edge bore)

8.a
Packet Pg. 726 Att
h
t
V
l
II
T
h
i
l S
ifi
ti
(4185
A
l
f Pl
d S
ifi
ti
S
th
P
St
ti
P
j
t)
Finishes: - US3, US4, US10, US10B, US26, US26D
Options: - Split finish
- Additional deadbolts and strikes available

8.a
Packet Pg. 727 Att
h
t
V
l
II
T
h
i
l S
ifi
ti
(4185
A
l
f Pl
d S
ifi
ti
S
th
P
St
ti
P
j
t)
Job Name & Location Submitted by
For Most Current Info, Consult Factory or check our website, www.anemostat.com MARCH 2012
LOUVERS PAGE 1
AFDL and AFDL-T are not fire rated.

MATERIAL: #304 or #316 Stainless Steel, #4 Finish(Satin), Galvanized (Coil, FINISH: Custom Baked Enamel Colors (as per sample paint chip, FASTENERS: Special Security Screw Fasteners, See Page 14, this section.

FINISH: Grey Primer, Beige or Bronze Baked Enamel.

DOOR THICKNESS: For 1 3/4" (44mm) Door 1-3/8"(35mm), 2" (50mm) and NOTE: For Exterior use, High Humidity or Salt Air application, product must be Galvanized or Stainless Steel.

MATERIAL: 18 GA. (1.2mm) Cold Rolled Steel - Frame.
22 GA. (.75mm) Cold Rolled Steel - Louver Blades.

INSTALLATION: Our top selling louver is preferred because of its ease of installation. Use #8x1" (25mm) phillips screw thru the cutout in the door, thus eliminating
the need to drill holes in the door for thru bolts.

This method saves time and installation labor and
leaves the corridor side of the frame free of
fasteners for added security,
and a cleaner aesthetic appearance.

AESTHETICS: Tight mitered corners, no visible welds, countersunk mounting holes and corridor side of frame free of
fasteners make for a clean, streamlined appearance
USES: Anywhere air flow is required thru a door.

FREE AIR FLOW: 50% Free Area.

Hot Dipped or Zinc Plated), Mill Finish or Anodized Aluminum supplied by customer).

SPECIALS: Fractional sizes (frame dimension is increased to accomodate odd size).

Mesh insect screens are loose, attached or framed.
(Galvanized, Aluminum, Charcoal Aluminum, Stainless Steel.) For detail drawings see pages 12 and 13 this section.
that fastens auxiliary frame to the louver core,
(#5052 Alloy), 16 gauge (1.5mm) Cold Rolled Steel or Stainless Steel.

Anemostat manufacturing dimensions ±1/32 (1mm)
Actual dimensions are nominal and may vary
based on component manufacturers tolerances.

FOR USE IN TRANSOMS
SIDELITES OR BORROWED LITES.
&

OPENING
SIZE
ORDER
AFDL-T
1"
ACTUAL
PANEL
SIZEORDER SIZE MINUS 1/4" (6mm)

TRANSOM
LOUVER
(25mm)
ORDER
SIZE
&
DOOR
CUTOUT
AFDL
1 1/8"
1-1/8"
(29mm)
CORE

DIMENSION
1"
(11mm)
ORDER SIZE MINUS 1/4" (6mm)
ORDER SIZE PLUS 7/8" (22mm)
FRAME
O.D.

OUTSIDE INSIDE
(29mm)
7/16"
(25mm)
1 3/4"
(44mm)

OR SPECIFY
2 1/8" (54mm) are available. Louver core may be offset. 1-1/8"
(29mm)
3/16"
(5mm)
3/16"
(5mm)
®

TECHNICAL DATA
FROM

DETAIL DRAWING

A MESTEK COMPANY
P.O. BOX 4938 • 1220 WATSONCENTER ROAD
CARSON, CA 90745-4206
(310) 835-7500 • FAX (310) 835-0448
e-mail: [email protected] • website: www.anemostat.com ®

DOOR PRODUCTS
AFDL

INVERTED Y

NON-VISION LOUVER
AFDL-T

TRANSOM LOUVER

CORE ONLY

STANDARD PRODUCT FEATURES OPTIONAL FEATURES

FIRE RATINGS

NOT FIRE RATED

8.a
Packet Pg. 728 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.04.3 FIXTURES
Data sheets to follow.

8.a
Packet Pg. 729 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SS-DPTAC www.amana-ptac.com 11/11
Amana® is a trademark of Maytag Corporation or its related companies and used under license to Goodman Company, L.P., Houston, Texas. Supersedes 4/10 Assembled in the USA for 30 years:

Units are 100% run-tested and tripletested for leakage.

First-Year Warranty: Parts & Labor on entire unit
Second through Fifth Year: Parts & Labor on certain sealed system components Second through Fifth Year: on certain functional parts only * Complete warranty details available at www.amana-ptac.com.

PTAC AIR CONDITIONERS

AND HEAT PUMPS

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Product Features
• Quiet operation: STC of 30
• Assembled in the USA for 30 years
• Increased dehumidification capacity
• 100% run-tested at our plant in Fayetteville, TN, for leaks • 7⅝” unit front depth: one of the shallowest silhouettes in the industry today
• Removable condenser shroud allows easy access
to enable regular cleaning of coils
• Easy pull-out filters that are washable and easy to maintain • Filter dryer for sealed system refrigerant
• 7-Button touch pad provides complete control to guests for in-room comfort while maintaining energy efficiency • Condensate dispersion system removes condensate
from indoor cooling operation and evaporates it into
the atmosphere through the condenser
• Digismart™ front desk control and energy
management software
• Room freeze protection is activated when the unit
senses temperatures of 40°F or below
• Versatile style that blends into any room’s color
scheme and decor
• Easy to service with on-board led diagnostics
• Digismart™ wireless remote thermostat is available
• Remote temperature sensing for guest climate control
• Extended heat pump heating down to as low as 24°F
outdoor ambient temperature
• Zero floor clearance allows unit to be installed flush to a finished floor
• 30-second fan-off delay
• Compressor lock-in prevents compressor short-cycling
• Constant fan mode
• Hidden ventilation control
• High-pressure switch

11.7 EER / 3.4 COP
Control Board

8.a
Packet Pg. 730 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 2 www.amana-ptac.com SS-DPTAC

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

NOMENCLATURE
Basic
Model
Type Engineering

PTC Standard
Cooler
PTAC Major
&
Minor
Revisions
PTH Standard
Heat
Pump
PTHP
DRY Dehumid
Cooler
PTAC Features
Code
A Standard
Model
Cooling
Capacity C Corrosion
Protec>on
(Seacoast)
07 7000BTU/h 60
Hz D Power
Door
09 9000
BTU/h 60
Hz E Future
Use
12 12000
BTU/h 60
Hz F Fuse
Holder
15 14000
BTU/h 60
Hz H Hydronic
P Condensate
Pump
Rated
Voltage Q Quiet
STC
Kit
2 115V,
60 Hz,
1 Ph R RF
Antenna
3 230/208V,
60 Hz,
1 Ph V Power
Vent
4 265V,
60 Hz,
1 Ph X placeholder
W Hard
Wired
Design
Series Y High
VA
Transformer
E R-­‐410A
Heater
Size Use
up
to
4 as
needed
in
alphabe>cal
order
00 No
Electric
Heat 3.5
kW
(230/208V) Examples:
15 1.5
kW 3.7
kW
(265V) PTC123E50AXXX PTC073E35CDXX
25 2.5
kW 50 5.0
kW PTC123E50CXXX PTC073E25CDQR
35 AA
1,2,3 4 5 6 7,8,9 10,11,12,13 14
PTC 07 3 E 35 AXXX

8.a
Packet Pg. 731 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SS-DPTAC www.amana-ptac.com 3

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS: PTC MODELS — COOLING/ELECTRIC HEAT 230/208 VOLTS
Dod›l ¹
,
ϼ, Ͼ, Ͽ PTC
073E**AXXX
PTC
093E**AXXX
PTC
123E**AXXX
PTC
153E**AXXX
Voltage Ϸ,
³ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ
Capacity ;BTUͬhͿ 7,ϲ00 ͬ 7,ϱ00 ϴ,700 ͬ ϴ,ϱ00 11,ϱ00 ͬ 11,200 14,000 ͬ 13,ϲ00 Amps¹² 3.ϱ ͬ 3.ϱ 4.1 ͬ 4.1 ϱ.ϲ ͬ ϱ.ϲ 7.0 ͬ 7.0
Watts¹² ϲϱ0 ͬ ϲ30 77ϱ ͬ 72ϱ 10ϵϱ ͬ 107ϱ 141ϱ ͬ 137ϱ
EER 11.4 ͬ 11.7 11.2 ͬ 11.4 10.3 ͬ 10.1 ϵ.ϴ ͬ ϵ.ϴ
hn®t ó®t«oçt
l›‘tr®‘ ,›at›r
Min. Circuit Amps ϸ, Ϻ, ¹² 4.2 ϱ ϲ.ϴ ϴ.ϱ
CFM ;CoolͬWet CoilͿ High 2ϵ0 2ϵ0 2ϵ0 340
Low 2ϲ4 2ϲ4 2ϲ4 314
CFM ;Dry CoilͿ High 310 310 310 3ϲ0
Low 2ϴ2 2ϴ2 2ϴ2 332
Ventilated Air, CFM ;Fan KnlyͿ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ*
Dehumidification ;PintsͬHr.Ϳ 1.7 2.2 3.ϲ 4.4
Net Weight ;lbs.Ϳ 99 103 10ϲ 117
Ship Weight ;lbs.Ϳ 114 11ϴ 123 134
265/277 VOLTS
Dod›l ¹
,
ϼ, Ͼ, Ͽ PTC
074E**AXXX
PTC
094E**AXXX
PTC
124E**AXXX
PTC
154E**AXXX
Voltage Ϸ,
³ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ
Capacity ;BTUͬhͿ 7,ϲ00 ϴ,ϵ00 11,ϲ00 14,000
Amps¹² 3.0 3.ϲ 4.ϴ ϲ.0
Watts¹² ϲ40 77ϱ 1,0ϴϱ 1,430
EER 11.ϱ 11.1 10.3 ϵ.ϴ
hn®t ó®t«oçt
l›‘tr®‘ ,›at›r
Min. Circuit Amps ϸ, Ϻ, ¹² 3.ϲ 4.4 ϱ.ϵ 7.3
CFM ;CoolͬWet CoilͿ High 2ϵ0 2ϵ0 2ϵ0 340
Low 2ϲ4 2ϲ4 2ϲ4 314
CFM ;Dry CoilͿ High 310 310 310 3ϲ0
Low 2ϴ2 2ϴ2 2ϴ2 332
Ventilated Air, CFM ;Fan KnlyͿ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ*
Dehumidification ;PintsͬHr.Ϳ 1.7 2.2 3.ϲ 4.4
Net Weight ;lbs.Ϳ 99 103 10ϲ 11ϲ
Ship Weight ;lbs.Ϳ 114 11ϴ 123 133
* Approximately ϵϱ CFM with optional power vent kit. Actual vent CFM performance will vary due to application and installation conditions. See Notes on following page.

8.a
Packet Pg. 732 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 4 www.amana-ptac.com SS-DPTAC

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
(Primary Heating for PTC Models; Auxiliary Heating for PTH Models; See below for Power Cord Configuration) PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS: PTC / PTH MODELS — ELECTRIC HEAT PERFORMANCE Eot›Ý͗
Ϸ All 2ϲϱ-volt models must use an Amana® brand sub-base ;PTSB4**EͿ or an Amana® brand hard-wire kit ;PTPWHW<4Ϳ. ϸ Minimum Circuit Ampacity ;MCAͿ ratings conform to the National Electric Code͖ however, local codes should apply.

Ϲ Minimum voltage on 230ͬ20ϴ-volt models is 1ϵ7 volts͖ maximum is 2ϱ3 volts.

Minimum voltage on 2ϲϱ-volt models is 23ϴ.ϱ volts͖ maximum is 2ϵ1.ϱ volts.

Ϻ Kvercurrent protection for all units without electric heaters is 1ϱ amps. Kvercurrent protection on 2ϲϱ-volt models must be cartridge-style time-delay fuses ;included and factory-installed on all Amana® brand 2ϲϱ-volt chassisͿ. See heater performance for total MCA. ϻ Heating capacity and efficiency based on unit operation without condensate pump͖ unit automatically switches to electric heat at approximately 24°F outdoor ambient.
ϼ Total watts for 12,000 and 1ϱ,000 BTUͬh models͖ subtract 70 watts for PT07ͬ0ϵ*E**A* Ͻ Specify two-digit heater kW size to complete model number.

Ͼ Total amps for 12,000 and 1ϱ,000 BTUͬh models͖ subtract 0.2 amps for PT07ͬ0ϵ*E*A*.

Ͽ R-410A refrigerant used in all systems.

Ϸ϶ All units meet or exceed ASHRAE ϵ0.1 standards.

ϷϷ All units less than 2ϱ0 volts have a Leak Current Detector Interrupter ;LCDIͿ power cord and meet UL 4ϴ4 standards.

Ϸϸ Refer to electric heat performance data for total MCA and recommended overcurrent protection. Amps and Watts notation refers to compressor only. solta¦›
l›‘tr®‘
,›at ;»tͿ
Eo͘ o¥
^ta¦›Ý
Eoînal ,›at®n¦ ;Bdhͬ«Ϳ dotal
tattÝ6
dotal
ÃÖÝ
D®n͘ C®r‘ç®t
ÃÖa‘®tùϸ
MOP4
;aÃÖÝͿ
Woó›r
Cord @ 230V @ 208V @ 265V
230ͬ20ϴV 2.ϱ 1 ϴ,ϱ00 ϲ,ϴ00 - - 2,ϱ70 ͬ 2,11ϱ 11.2 ͬ 10.1 14.0 1ϱ ϲ-1ϱ P 230ͬ20ϴV 3.ϱ 1 12,000 ϵ,ϵ00 - - 3,ϱ70 ͬ 2,ϵ3ϱ 1ϱ.ϱ ͬ 14.1 1ϵ.4 20 ϲ-20 P 230ͬ20ϴV ϱ 1 17,100 14,000 - - ϱ,070 ͬ 4,1ϲ0 22.1 ͬ 20.0 27.ϱ 30 ϲ-30 P 2ϲϱV 2.ϱ 1 - - - - ϴ,ϱ00 2,ϱ70 ϵ.7 12.1 1ϱ 7-20 P
2ϲϱV 3.7 1 - - - - 12,ϲ00 3,770 14.2 17.ϴ 20 7-20 P
2ϲϱV ϱ 1 - - - - 17,100 ϱ,070 1ϵ.2 23.ϵ 2ϱ 7-30 P
* PTHͬPTC0ϵ*Eϱ0*ͬ* has the same airflow as a PTCͬPTH12*E**** ;not available on 7,000 BTUͬh modelsͿ.

8.a
Packet Pg. 733 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SS-DPTAC www.amana-ptac.com 5

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS: PTH MODELS — COOLING/HEAT PUMP/ELECTRIC HEAT 230208 VOLTS
Dod›l ¹
,
ϼ, Ͼ, Ͽ Wd,
073E**AXXX
Wd,
093E**AXXX
Wd,
123E**AXXX
Wd,
153E**AXXX
Voltage Ϸ,
³ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ
Capacity ;BTUͬhͿ 7,ϲ00 ͬ 7,ϱ00 ϵ,000 ͬ ϴ,ϵ00 11,ϱ00 ͬ 11,100 14,000 ͬ 13,ϵ00 Amps¹² 3.ϱ ͬ 3.ϱ 4.1 ͬ 4.1 ϱ.ϲ ͬ ϱ.ϲ 7.0 ͬ 7.0
Watts¹² ϲϱ0 ͬ ϲ20 770 ͬ 7ϲϱ 10ϵϱ ͬ 10ϲϱ 14ϲ0 ͬ 14ϲϱ
EER 11.3 ͬ 11.4 11.1 ͬ 11.1 10.2 ͬ 10.1 ϵ.ϲ ͬ ϵ.ϱ
hn®t ó®t«oçt
l›‘tr®‘ ,›at›r
Min. Circuit Amps², Ϻ, ¹² 4.2 ϱ.0 ϲ.ϴ ϴ.ϱ
CFM ;CoolͬWet CoilͿ High 2ϵ0 2ϵ0 2ϵ0 340
Low 2ϲ4 2ϲ4 2ϲ4 314
CFM ;Dry CoilͿ High 310 310 310 3ϲ0
Low 2ϴ2 2ϴ2 2ϴ2 332
Ventilated Air, CFM ;Fan KnlyͿ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ*
Dehumidification ;PintsͬHr.Ϳ 1.7 2.2 3.ϲ 4.4
Net Weight ;lbs.Ϳ 10ϴ 112 11ϱ 12ϲ
Ship Weight ;lbs.Ϳ 123 127 132 143
265,277 VOLTS
Dod›l ¹
,
ϼ, Ͼ, Ͽ Wd,
074E**AXXX
Wd,
094E**AXXX
Wd,
124E**AXXX
Wd,
154E**AXXX
Voltage Ϸ, ³ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ
Capacity ;BTUͬhͿ 7,ϱ00 ϵ,000 11,ϱ00 14,000
Amps¹² 3.0 3.ϲ 4.ϴ ϲ.0
Watts¹² ϲ3ϱ 7ϴ0 111ϱ 1430
EER 11.ϲ 11.1 10.0 ϵ.7
hn®t ó®t«oçt
l›‘tr®‘ ,›at›r
Min. Circuit Amps ϸ,
Ϻ, ¹² 3.ϲ 4.4 ϱ.ϵ 7.3
CFM ;CoolͬWet CoilͿ High 2ϵ0 2ϵ0 2ϵ0 340
Low 2ϲ4 2ϲ4 2ϲ4 314
CFM ;Dry CoilͿ High 310 310 310 3ϲ0
Low 2ϴ2 2ϴ2 2ϴ2 332
Ventilated Air, CFM ;Fan KnlyͿ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ* ϲϱ*
Dehumidification ;PintsͬHr.Ϳ 1.7 2.2 3.ϲ 4.4
Net Weight ;lbs.Ϳ 10ϴ 112 11ϱ 12ϱ
Ship Weight ;lbs.Ϳ 123 127 132 142
* Approximately ϵϱ CFM with optional power vent kit. Actual vent CFM performance will vary due to application and installation conditions. See Notes on previous page

8.a
Packet Pg. 734 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 6 www.amana-ptac.com SS-DPTAC

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS: PTH MODELS — REVERSE-CYCLE HEATING PERFORMANCE Eot›Ý͗
Ϸ All 2ϲϱ-volt models must use an Amana® brand sub-base ;PTSB4**EͿ or an Amana® brand hard-wire kit ;PTPWHW<4Ϳ. ϸ Minimum Circuit Ampacity ;MCAͿ ratings conform to the National Electric Code͖ however, local codes should apply.

Ϲ Minimum voltage on 230ͬ20ϴ-volt models is 1ϵ7 volts͖ maximum is 2ϱ3 volts.

Minimum voltage on 2ϲϱ-volt models is 23ϴ.ϱ volts͖ maximum is 2ϵ1.ϱ volts.

Ϻ Kvercurrent protection for all units without electric heaters is 1ϱ amps. Kvercurrent protection on 2ϲϱ-volt models must be cartridge-style time-delay fuses ;included and factory-installed on all Amana® brand 2ϲϱ-volt chassisͿ. See heater performance for total MCA. ϻ Heating capacity and efficiency based on unit operation without condensate pump͖ unit automatically switches to electric heat at approximately 24°F outdoor ambient.
ϼ Total watts for 12,000 and 1ϱ,000 BTUͬh models͖ subtract 70 watts for PT07ͬ0ϵ*E**A* Ͻ Specify two-digit heater kW size to complete model number.

Ͼ Total amps for 12,000 and 1ϱ,000 BTUͬh models͖ subtract 0.2 amps for PT07ͬ0ϵ*E*A*.

Ͽ R-410A refrigerant used in all systems.

Ϸ϶ All units meet or exceed ASHRAE ϵ0.1 standards.

ϷϷ All units less than 2ϱ0 volts have a Leak Current Detector Interrupter ;LCDIͿ power cord and meet UL 4ϴ4 standards.

Ϸϸ Refer to electric heat performance data for total MCA and recommended overcurrent protection. Amps and Watts notation refers to compressor only. 230/208 VOLTS
,›at®n¦ CaÖa‘®tù Ϸ Wd,
073E**AXXX
Wd,
093E**AXXX
Wd,
123E**AXXX
Wd,
153E**AXXX
Voltage Ϸ,
³ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ 230 ͬ 20ϴ
BTUͬh ϻ ϲ,ϴ00 ͬ ϲ,ϴ00 ϴ,300 ͬ ϴ,100 10,ϵ00 ͬ 10,ϱ00 13,ϱ00 ͬ 13,300 Amps¹² 3.ϱ ͬ 3.ϱ 4.1 ͬ 4.1 ϱ.ϲ ͬ ϱ.ϲ 7.0 ͬ 7.0
Watts¹² ϲ0ϱ ͬ ϲ0ϱ 73ϱ ͬ 720 1040 ͬ1020 13ϲϱ ͬ 134ϱ
CKPϱ 3.3 ͬ 3.3 3.3 ͬ 3.3 3.1 ͬ 3.1 2.ϵ ͬ 2.ϵ
CFM ;DryͿ 310 310 310 3ϲ0
265/277 VOLTS
,›at®n¦ CaÖa‘®tù Ϸ Wd,
074E**AXXX
Wd,
094E**AXXX
Wd,
124E**AXXX
Wd,
154E**AXXX
Voltage Ϸ, ³ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ 2ϲϱ
BTUͬh ϻ ϲ,ϴ00 ϴ,200 11,000 13,ϱ00
Amps¹² 3.0 3.ϲ 4.ϴ ϲ.0
Watts¹² ϱϴϱ 730 1040 13ϲϱ
CKP ϻ 3.4 3.3 3.1 2.ϵ
CFM ;DryͿ 310 310 310 3ϲ0
CKP с Coefficiency of Performance͖ per ARI test procedures, units are rated for capacities and efficiencies.

8.a
Packet Pg. 735 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SS-DPTAC www.amana-ptac.com 7

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Furnish and install air-cooled through-the-wall package terminal air conditioners amd heat pumps ;assembled in the USAͿ.

Units are rated in accordance with the ARI ;Air Conditioning & Refrigeration InstituteͿ Standards 310ͬ3ϴ0-ϵ3, CSA ;Canadian Standards AssociationͿ EEV certification programs and listed by U. L. ;Underwriters LaboratoriesͿ.

RATINGS
Each unit must meet the following specifications:

ARI rating of ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺBTUH cooling ;and ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ BTUH reverse cycle heating with a CKP of ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ at 47° F K.D.Ϳ Electric resistance heat of ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ BTUH. Total Amp draw must be of ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ and ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ Watts at ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ volts.

The unit must remove a minimum of ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ pints of
moisture per hour when operated at rating conditions. The EER must be a minimum of ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ EER.

UNIT CHASSIS
Each unit must be slide out design shipped with room cabinet front installed. Unit chassis must have the ability to be installed with 0 clearance from finished floor. An electrical power cord must be included with chassis and installed by the manufacturer to assure proper NEMA ϲ or 7 configuration and UL-approved length. Units less than 2ϱ0 volts must also have a LCDI power cord.

Unit must be tested for conformance to ASTME water infiltration specification ASTME 331-ϴϲ, which ensures no water infiltration when tested at ϴΗ rain per hour at ϲ3 mph wind for 1ϱ minutes.

ROOM CABINET
The monochromatic front of the room cabinet must be able to be field-secured to chassis to inhibit tampering. Filter must be accessible without removing room front. Cabinet depth must not exceed 7⅝” to minimize unit’s impact on room space.

COILS
Unit’s coils must have rifled copper tubing expanded into rippled-edge louvered aluminum fins. Exterior coil must be of a two-row bent coil design with removable shroud top to allow easy-access for cleaning of the exterior coil.

HEAT PUMPS
Each unit must include a change-over thermistor that senses an outside ambient switch-over temperature as low as 24°F, lockopen refrigerant reversing valve during heat pump operation, temperature-activated defrost drain and automatic emergency heat operation to override the heat pump’s change-over
thermostat and bring on electric resistance heaters in the event of a sealed system failure. Unit must not operate compressor and electric heaters simultaneously.

COMPRESSOR
The compressor must be hermetically sealed, internally isolated, rotary-type and permanently mounted on rubber isolators. No removal or adũustment of compressor hold-down bolts is to be reƋuired during installation.

WARRANTY
The warranty is for Full Kne Year on the entire unit͖ Full 2nd through ϱth Year on the entire sealed refrigerant system components͖ Limited Second through Fifth Year on functional parts only.

UNIT DIGITAL CONTROLS
The unit’s control must be completely wired and accessible from the top of the chassis. Controls shall be a LED touch-pad design with seven large, easy-to-read and use buttons: Heat ʹ Cool ʹ Kff ʹ Fan ʹ Tempн ;plusͿ ʹ Temp- ;minusͿ and two red sevensegment LED temperature displays. Unit shall have a green status LED to advise owner of operational diagnostic messages.

Unit shall have one-button activation via membrane touch-pad.

Unit control board shall have an 1ϴ-pin low-voltage connector to allow for easy connection to remote wired devices. Unit shall have two serial-port connectors for easy connection to wired or wireless EMS ;Energy Management SystemsͿ.

Unit must have the ability to easily configure owner-selectable and programmable functions:
• Fan-cycle operation
• Electronic temperature limiting for cooling
• Electronic temperature limiting for heating
• Enhanced dehumidification cooling operation
• Unoccupied 1ϴ-hour temperature set-back
• Un-rented temperature set-back
• Multiple unit twinning to one wired thermostat
• Load-shedding operation
• Front-desk on-off or temperature set-back
Unit must be able to connect to approved remote devices:
• Wired thermostat
• Wired door motion sensor
• Wired room motion sensor
• Wired room-to-room transfer fan
• Front Desk Control
• Future RF wireless communications devices
Unit must be able to acƋuire and display operational temperature data from up to six installed thermistors to include:
• IATͶIndoor air temperature ;blackͿ
• ICTͶIndoor coil temperature ;red Ϳ
• IDTͶIndoor discharge temperature ;yellowͿ
• KCTͶKutdoor coil temperature ;blueͿ ;heat pumps & Wireless cooler modelsͿ • KATͶ Kutdoor Air Temperature ;Wireless-ready models onlyͿ • KrangeͶMiscellaneous thermistor or analog device ;optionalͿ

EVAPORATOR/CONDENSER FANS
Direct drive with a permanent, split-capacitor, two-speed indoor motor. Condensate must be directed onto the back and sides of the coil to aid in evaporation and removal.

AIR DISCHARGE
Must be a sloped surface so that obstructions cannot be placed on the unit. Discharge conditioned air can be directed into the room at an angle of 1ϲ or ϱϲ degrees from the vertical position.

The discharge grille must be of polycarbonate material to resist bending, cracking, rusting and corrosion.

CONTRACTOR'S BID SHEET

8.a
Packet Pg. 736 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 8 www.amana-ptac.com SS-DPTAC

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Amana® is a trademark of Maytag Corporation or its related companies and used under license to Goodman Company, L.P. All rights reserved. Kur continuing commitment to Ƌuality products may mean a change in specifications without notice. Ξ 2011 • Goodman Company, L.P. • Houston, Texas • Printed in the USA.

New installations typically reƋuire a minimum of WSϵ00D wall sleeve and an outdoor grille.

WALL SLEEVES (WS900E)
The wall sleeve must be industry-accepted dimensions:
14Я” depth x 42” width x 1ϲϷͬІЋ” height and constructed of Gϵ0 HDG galvanized steel with a baked corrosion-inhibiting urethane primer and baked-polyester topcoat enamel.

Sleeve must be insulated and shipped with a weather
resistant rear closure panel installed.

OUTDOOR GRILLES
Kutdoor grille must be architecturally extruded, louvered aluminum ;AG<01*BͿ, one-piece polymer-blend inũection
molded louver ;PG<01*BͿ or standard stamped aluminum
;SG<**BͿ. All other grilles must be submitted to the PTAC manufacturer for feasibility, airflow characteristics and compliance with UL regulations, where necessary.

The optional accessories listed below perform specific functions reƋuired in some installations.

CONDENSATE DRAIN KIT (DK900D)
Attaches to the bottom of the wall sleeve for directionalcontrolled internal or external disposal of condensate, defrost or rain water.

SUBBASE KIT (PTSB***E)
Necessary for UL listing reƋuirements for 2ϲϱV units ;Hard Wire <it may be substituted for Subbase kitͿ. Kptional for 230ͬ20ϴV units. Must be pre-wired to facilitate field-electrical connections and include an NEMA ϲ or 7 configuration
electrical receptacle. It must have two leveling screws for sleeve support and accurate unit leveling during installation.

Locations for field installation of physical disconnect switches, cartridge-style fuse holders and circuit breakers must be provided. Side-skirts must be provided with subbases. (PTSB000E Non-Electrical Subbase available.)

POWER VENT & DAMPER
Must be provided to maximize ventilation air intake to up to approximately ϵϱ CFM. Power vent must be off and damper door closed when unit fan is de-energized.

FUSE HOLDER (INCLUDED IN 265V CHASSIS)
Must be installed either in the unit or the subbase and must match the electrical reƋuirements of the chassis.

SECURITY KEY LOCKS (KL03E)
Must be installed to prevent tampering of the unit controls.

Unit room cabinet must also be secured to the chassis with field supplied screws. UL-approved for institutional use only.

DISCONNECT SWITCH
Power disconnect switch must be installed in subbase for use as a physical disconnect, where reƋuired by local codes.

DUCT KITS (MDK01E, EDK02B, TDK02B, PTDK01E, DDK01E)
Three kits must be supplied to provide ducted, conditioned air into a second room: a main duct kit, an extension duct kit and a terminal duct kit.

HYDRONIC HEAT KIT
Is reƋuired for heating functions instead of electric resistance heaters. Unit must retain complete service access with the kit installed. Proper water or steam valves must be used.

CONDENSATE REMOVAL PUMP (HEAT PUMPS ONLY)
Must be installed to assist in removing the condensate
developed by the heat pump operation and transfer it to the indoor coil to dissipate into the room, adding humidity to the room.

CIRCUIT BREAKER KIT
Must be installed in subbase to provide overcurrent
protection for proper 230ͬ20ϴV amperage. Can also be
used as a physical disconnect where local codes permit for 230ͬ20ϴ voltage.

HARD WIRE KIT
Must be used to permanently wire chassis for hard wire
purposes. ;For 2ϲϱV units, Hard Wire <it may be substituted with Subbase <it.Ϳ

THERMOSTATS
A manufacturer-approved manual, auto changeover or
programmable traditionally wired thermostat must be
installed to provide full remote operation of the chassis. A Remote Escutcheon <it must be used to indicate remote
operation.

8.a
Packet Pg. 737 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.04.4 ACCESSORIESData
sheets to follow.

8.a
Packet Pg. 738 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

FLUORESCENT
300 Series Rustproof Vandal-Resistant Wall/Ceiling Luminaire 32 Watts Maximum
Designed for indoor/outdoor uses where efficiency and style must compete with abuse by environmental elements or
vandalism . Rustproof. Engineered with components and
materials offering the highest resistance to corrosion and impact. The polycarbonate housing is nonconductive,
insuring m ore safety to the end user. A wide selection of colors and options adds to the versatilit y of this lum inaire.

Ideally suited as security lighting for hom es, schools, motels, hospitals, condominium s and industrial, commercial and government buildings.

Specifications
Lens: I n j ect i o n m o l de d of UV-s tab i li ze d p o ly c a rb on a t e .

Average thickness is 1/8". Smooth exterior surface for ease of cleaning. Selections include Clear Prismatic, Opal
W hite, and single-end trim finish in bronze or white with clear prismatic lens.

Base Rustproof .080" 5052 H-32 tempered marine-grade
Plate: aluminum.

Housing: Injection molded in black, white, or bronze UV-stabilized, (optional) reinforced polycarbonate. Rear knockout for supply wire.

Available with up to four threaded connections and plugs s uitable for 1/2" c onduit. PLC and PLT i nc ludes 3H
housing.

Gasket: Closed-cell neoprene rubber in 1/8" thickness creates a tight seal against contaminants and moisture.

Socket: Two-pin and four-pin type with leads insulated for 105°C.

Lamp: High efficiency PL twin tube, quad tube, and PLT lamps (optional) offer up to ten times longer life and 70% energy savings over comparable incandescent lamps. PLT 0°F minimum
starting temperature.

Ballast: Self-start preheat type in Normal Power Factor or High Power Factor for 120V or 277V. Optional Cold W eather
(0°F) Ballast(s), and Class P Ballast(s) for indoor use. PLT standard with electronic.

Hardware: Four stainless steel 8-32 phillips truss head screws or tamperproof screws (TORX® type) attach lens to base
plate. Mounting hardware included.

Mounting: Ceiling. W all vertically with lamp base up.

Exploded View
Dimensions
W ith Optional Housing W ith Optional Decor Pack
ETL Listed For Wet Locations.

All polycarbonate components meet Underwriters Laboratories 746C tests for polymeric material and carr y a flammability rating of 94HB or better on lenses and the superior 94-5V rating on housings.

Luminaire Type
Catalog Number
Show n With 300-S Lens
and Optional Housing
Show n With Optional
Decor Pack
Job Name
Approval
Innovative Lighting Designs Since 1970
P.O. Box 5023, Monroe, NC 28111-5023, USA
(704) 283-7477 •(704) 283-6880(FAX) •(800) 842-9345 (TOLL FREE) www. wfharris .c om • e-m ail: info@ wfharris .com
“ A Live Operator Compa ny Standing Ready to Serve Your Lighting Needs”

8.a
Packet Pg. 739 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) B-Blue 26 PLT*1,5 DPB-Decor Pack, Bronze Polycarbonate
32 PLT*1,5 GCO-Grounded Convenience Outlet

FLUORESCENT
Ordering Information (Fill In Blanks For Complete Catalog Number) 300-S CP N/A HB 32PLT HPF 120 TPS N/A
Model Lens Color Painted Lens Housing Color W atts-Lamp Power Factor Volts Options Conduit Connections Color
Painted Housing Watts/ Power Conduit
Model Lens Color Lens Color Color Lamp Factor Volts Options Connections 300 CP-Clear Prismatic BK-Black HK-Black7 7 PL NPF 120 LP-Lamp CRS-Right Side 300-S4 OW-Opal W hite3 BW -White HW -White7 9 PL HPF8 2778 PC-Photo Control (3H Housing CLS-Left Side BZ-Bronze BZ-Bronze HB-Bronze7 13 QD (2-pin) Required) CT-Top BY-Buglight Yellow 2-7 PL 3H -Housing. Please Specify Color C4-All Four A-Amber 2-9 PL K-Black W-W hite B-Bronze Sides
R-Red 13 QD (4-pin) DPK-Decor Pack, Black Polycarbonate (Positions Based G-Green 18 PLT*1,5 DPW-Decor Pack, W hite Polycarbonate on Facing Luminaire)
Accessories (Order Separately)
TPT-Tamperproof Screwdriver
1 Housing Included 5 HPF Only 2 Dry Locations Onl y 6 Positions Based on Facing Luminaire 3 Consult Factory for Availability and Pricing 7 Housing Color Based on Painted Lens Color 4 Specify Painted Lens Color 8 3H Housing Required BK (Black) W H (White) BZ (Bronze) *Electronic
(3H Required)2
SW -On/Off Switch (3H Housing Required)2
FS-Fuse and Holder
P-Class P Ballast For Indoor Use
P2-Two Class P Ballasts for Indoor Use
Light Distribution Patterns
Model 300-CP-2-9 PL
W all Mounted 6' M.H.

Test Report No. 30778
Conversion Tables
Lamp
Lamp
Conversion
Factor(LCF)
Wall
Mounting
Height
Height
Conversion
Factor(HCF)
Ceiling
Mounting
Height
Height
Conversion
Factor(HCF)
2-9 PL 1.00 6' 1.00 7' 1.77
13 QD .72 7' .73 8' 1.00
2-7 PL .67 8' .56 9' .79
9 PL .50 9' .44 10' .64
7 PL .33 10' .36
18 PLT 1.00
26 PLT 1.50
32 PLT 2.00
Using Conversion Tables

TO ADJUST FOOTCANDLES (FC) SHOWN IN DIAGRAMS AT LEFT,

USE FOLLOWING FORMULAS WITH LAMP CONVERSION FACTOR
(LCF) AND HEIGHT CONVERSION FACTOR (HCF):

FC x LCF = FC with alternate lamp
FC x HCF = FC at alternate height
FC x LCF x HCF = FC with alternate lamp at alternate height Fluorescent Lamp Performance
7 Watt 9 Watt 13 Watt 13 Watt 2-7 Watt 2-9 Watt 18 Watt 26 Watt 32 Watt Twin Twin Quad (2 pin) Quad (4 pin) Twin Twin PLT PLT PLT Input W atts 11W 11W 17W 17W 22W 22W 18W 26W 32W
Lumen Output 400 600 860 900 800 1,200 1,200 1,800 2,400 Lamp Life (Hours) 10,000 10,000 10,000 12,000 10,000 10,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 Min. Starting Temp 0°F 25°F 32°F 32°F 0°F 25°F 0°F 0°F 0°F Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice
Fixture is Warranted to be Free of Defects in Materials and Workmanship for One Year From Invoice Date.

Innovative Lighting Designs Since 1970
P.O. Box 5023, Monroe, NC 28111-5023, USA
(704) 283-7477 •(704) 283-6880(FAX) •(800) 842-9345 (TOLL FREE) www. wfharris .c om • e-mail: info@ wfharris .com
Printed in USA Form 1553 11/09

8.a
Packet Pg. 740 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Catalog
Number
Notes
Type

CONTRACTOR SELECT / FLURESCENT NARROW-BASKET-WRAPS
Narrow-Basket Wraps

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS

INTENDED USE
For applications that require general illumination from surface-mounted xture. Provides high light levels for storage rooms, o
ces or retail applications. Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic. Click here for Acrylic Environmental Compatibility table for suitable uses.

ATTRIBUTES
Linear side prisms control brightness, pyramidal bottom prisms minimize lamp image. Di user hinges open
from either side for easy maintenance. Full depth, white enamel end plates.

CONSTRUCTION
Die-formed from Code gauge cold-rolled steel. Channel cover snaps into place without the use of tools. Full end cap factory installed to reduce job site labor. Di
user is extruded clear acrylic.

FINISH
Five-stage iron-phosphate pretreatment ensures superior paint adhesion and rust resistance. Finished with high-gloss, baked white enamel.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HPF, UL listed, CSA Certied ballast is standard. Energy saving and electronic ballasts are sound rated A.

Luminaire is suitable for damp locations. AWM, TFN or THHN wire used throughout, rated for required temperatures.
120V ballasts are ENERGY STAR® qualied FCC Class B for residential and commercial applications. Less than 10% THD. Quieter applications.

MVOLT ballasts are NEMA Premium®/CEE qualied ballasts. Full light output - reduced energy.

Less than 10% THD. Multi-volt operation, 120-277V.

INSTALLATION
Intended for surface mounting, unit installation.

LISTING
UL and C-UL Listed.

WARRANTY
Fixtures, including ballasts, are covered by Lithonia Lighting 24-month warranty against mechanical defects in manufacture.

Note: Specications subject to change without notice.
48”L
5”W
2-1/8”H
ENERGY Standard
Catalog # of # of Ballast Ballast STAR Lamp Pallet Carton Number UPC Description Lamps Ballasts Wattage Voltage Type Qualified Included Qty. Qty.

RB232 745973790076 Wraparound 2 1 32 120 Electronic, instant start Y N 144 1 RB217 745976023065 Wraparound 2 1 17 120 Electronic, instant start Y N 288 1 RB232MV 745975747092 Wraparound 2 1 32 MVOLT Electronic, instant start N N 144 1 RB217MV 745976984540 Wraparound 2 1 17 MVOLT Electronic, instant start N N 288 1 24”L
5”W
2-1/8”H

ORDERING INFORMATION

8.a
Packet Pg. 741 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

ROMTEC UTILITIES SCOPE OF SUPPLY

AND DESIGN SUBMITTAL
FOR:

SOUTHERN PUMP
(EL CENTRO, CALIFORNIA)

SOUTHERN PUMP
DATE: November 13, 2014
REVISION: 3
ENGINEER CONTACT INFORMATION:

Randy Hines
City of El Centro
307 W. Brighton Ave.

El Centro, CA 92243
760-337-4522
[email protected]
18240 North Bank Road ~ Roseburg ~ OR ~ 97470
541.496.9678(ph) / 541.496.0804(fx)
[email protected]

8.a
Packet Pg. 742 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) November 13, 2014
To: Randy Hines,
City of El Centro
From: Romtec Utilities
Re: Documentation for the proposed pump station project identified as Project Name: Southern Pump
Based on Design Criteria dated: 3/29/13 Revision #: 3
Romtec Utilities is pleased to offer this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal for the project listed above. All parties with an interest in this project must carefully read and comprehend the information contained herein.

1. Introduction
Includes information about this document and how to use it.

2. Services
Defines services to be supplied by Romtec Utilities.

3. Products and Services Not Supplied by Romtec Utilities Defines products and services not supplied by Romtec Utilities.

4. Warranty & Limitations
Includes warranty details and limitations of Romtec Utilities responsibilities.

5. Project Design Criteria
Information provided to Romtec Utilities for the basis of design.

6. Mechanical
Detailed drawings and specifications of products to be supplied by Romtec Utilities.

7. Electrical
Detailed drawings and specifications of products to be supplied by Romtec Utilities.

Please contact Romtec Utilities with any questions or comments regarding this document.

Romtec Utilities, Inc.
18240 North Bank Rd. ● Roseburg, OR 97470
541-496-9678 ● www.romtecutilities.com

8.a
Packet Pg. 743 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

SUBMITTAL APPROVAL
PROJECT: Southern Pump
REVISION #: 3
DATE: 11/13/2014
By signing the Submittal Approval, I approve the products and services as specified in the Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. I understand that any change(s) I have requested may change other Romtec Utilities documents, including but not limited to the pump station quote, the scope of supply and design submittal and the O&M manual. I understand that such changes may cause delays to the project. After complete review, please initial where indicated and sign below.

SECTION APPROVED APPROVED WITH COMMENTS

1. INTRODUCTION

2. SERVICES

3. PRODUCTS & SERVICES

NOT SUPPLIED BY

ROMTEC UTILITIES

4. WARRANTY &

LIMITATIONS

5. PROJECT DESIGN

6. MECHANICAL

7. ELECTRICAL
REVIEWER:
(Print name & Company)
REVIEWER:
(Signature)
Doc Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 744 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

NOTICE TO PROCEED
PROJECT: Southern Pump
REVISION #: 3
DATE: 11/13/2014
Upon receipt of your notice to proceed, Romtec Utilities will produce the products approved in the Scope of Supply and Design Submittal and deliver them to the project site on or after the date you specify. Please fill in the form below.
 Yes, I want Romtec Utilities to produce the specified pump station and deliver it to the project site to be installed on the following date:

(Delivery date)
 No, I don’t want Romtec Utilities to produce and deliver the pump station at this time. I will send a separate written notice to proceed at a later date.

(Signature) (Date)

(Print name) (Title)
Please return the form to: Romtec Utilities, Inc.
18240 North Bank Rd.

Roseburg, OR 97470
Fax: 541-496-0804
Email: [email protected]
Rev: 6-26-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 745 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) INDEX

1. INTRODUCTION

1.01 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT

1.02 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT

1.03 TYPICAL ROMTEC UTILITIES PROCESS

1.04 DESIGN REVIEW DOWNLOAD

2. SERVICES

2.01 DESIGN, PRODUCTION & DELIVERY SERVICES

2.02 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.03 INSTALLATION, TESTING & TRAINING SERVICES

2.04 PRE-INSTALLATION INFORMATION

2.05 PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKLIST

2.06 START-UP, TESTING & TRAINING OUTLINE

2.07 PRE START-UP CHECKLIST

2.08 SCHEDULING START-UP

2.09 FIELD START-UP REPORT

3. PRODUCTS & SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES

3.01 PRODUCTS NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES

3.02 SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES

3.03 CONDUIT & WIRE LAYOUT

3.04 FIELD TESTING FOR WATER INGRESS OR EGRESS

4. WARRANTY

4.01 ROMTEC UTILITIES LIMITED WARRANTY

4.02 GENERAL LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES

4.03 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES:

INSTALLATION

4.04 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES: SERVICES

8.a
Packet Pg. 746 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) INDEX

5. PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA

5.01 INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN CRITERIA

5.02 LIFT STATION DESIGN CRITERIA

5.03 SITE PLAN

6. MECHANICAL

6.01 SCOPE OF SUPPLY: PRODUCTS

6.02 WET WELL & RELATED EQUIPMENT

6.02.1 WET WELL COMPONENT DRAWING(S)

6.02.2 WET WELL PRODUCTION DRAWING(S)

6.02.3 WET WELL HATCH DRAWING

6.02.4 WET WELL DATA SHEETS

6.03 PUMPS

6.03.1 PUMP SPECIFICATIONS

6.03.2 PUMP DRAWINGS

6.03.3 PUMP PERFORMANCE CURVES

6.03.4 PUMP EXTENDED STORAGE

6.03.5 PUMP DATA SHEETS

6.04 LEVEL SENSORS

6.04.1 PRIMARY LEVEL SENSOR

6.05 VALVE VAULT

6.05.1 VALVE VAULT COMPONENT DRAWING(S)

6.05.2 VALVE VAULT PRODUCTION DRAWING(S)

6.05.3 VALVE VAULT HATCH DRAWING

6.05.4 VALVE VAULT DATA SHEETS

6.06 ODOR CONTROL

6.06.1 ODOR CONTROL SUBMITTAL

6.07 WEIGHTS & LIFTING DEVICES

6.08 INSTALLATION DATA SHEETS

8.a
Packet Pg. 747 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) INDEX

7. ELECTRICAL

7.01 CONTROL PANEL

7.01.1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN VOLTAGE

7.01.2 CONTROL PANEL SCOPE OF SUPPLY

7.01.3 CONTROL PANEL DRAWING(S)

7.01.4 ONE-LINE DRAWING(S)

7.01.5 STANDARD TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATIONS

7.01.6 POWER QUALITY

7.02 INTERCONNECTIONS

7.02.1 TYPICAL CONNECTION DRAWING

7.02.2 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

7.02.3 PUMP CABLE INSPECTION AND INSTALLATION

7.02.4 STANDARD PANEL GROUNDING

7.02.5 INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONDUIT ENTRY

7.03 GENERATOR

7.03.1 GENERATOR SUBMITTAL

8.a
Packet Pg. 748 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1. INTRODUCTION
This section contains the necessary information and procedures for the understanding and use of this document by the client and other parties of interest.

This section is structured as follows:

1.01 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT

1.02 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT

1.03 TYPICAL ROMTEC UTILITIES PROCESS

1.04 DESIGN REVIEW DOWNLOAD

8.a
Packet Pg. 749 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.01 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT

1. Document identification
This Scope of Supply and Design Submittal provided by Romtec Utilities, Inc., herein referred to as Romtec Utilities contains the information for the project listed below:

Name: Southern Pump
Location: El Centro, CA
Document Date: 11/13/2014
Revision #: 3

2. The Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply & Design Submittal is defined by Romtec Utilities as follows:
a. Complete document
This document is Romtec Utilities’ complete Scope of Supply and Design Submittal for the project referenced above. There is no other document that contains this information. This document supersedes all other documents, written correspondence and verbal communication as to Romtec Utilities scope of supply, products and services. b. Supplied to customer only
Romtec Utilities supplies this document exclusively to the direct customer (the entity signing Romtec Utilities’ purchase order), herein referred to as the customer, and not to any other party associated with this specific project. Any other party reviewing any part of this document is informed that the information within it is Romtec Utilities’ communication with the customer and no other party.
c. Based on customer-supplied design criteria
Romtec Utilities has designed the pump station described herein to meet the specific design criteria provided to Romtec Utilities by the customer and/or the customer’s representative on the Lift Station Design Form. Romtec Utilities’ supply of products and services is related exclusively to these design criteria.
d. Entire supply and design for Customer only
Romtec Utilities’ entire supply and design, as described in the Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, are for the customer only and no one else. Romtec Utilities will not provide any other products and/or services related to the project to any other party.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 750 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.01 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT
e. Limited to this supply and design
Romtec Utilities agrees only to the supply and design described in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. Romtec Utilities expressly states that this document does not meet, and Romtec Utilities does not agree to meet any agency standard, any other specification or any other document and/or statement describing the project. f. Approval is acceptance of this supply and design
By approving this document, the customer accepts the products and services identified herein to be supplied by Romtec Utilities. g. Change orders
The customer agrees that, following approval of this document there can be no modification to the products and services described herein without a written change order issued to Romtec Utilities by the customer and/or the customer’s representative on the standard Romtec Utilities Change Order Form. The customer acknowledges that change orders will incur additional charges to the customer and may cause delays in Romtec Utilities’ delivery of the products and services described herein as well as any products and services required by the change orders.

3. This Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply & Design Submittal supersedes all prior design and bid documents related to the project as follows:
a. This document negates other pump station documents or statements
Romtec Utilities recognizes that projects often begin with other designs and bid documents, however this document supersedes and makes null and void any other document or statement from any party, including Romtec Utilities’ own prior documents and/or statements, as related to the pump station described in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal.
b. This document does not represent other documents or
statements
This document does not represent any specific standards, bid documents, design drawings or any other document and/or statements by any party other than Romtec Utilities.

4. This Scope of Supply and Design Submittal states that the following are not Romtec Utilities’ responsibility:

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 751 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.01 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT
a. Suitability of the pump station
It is not Romtec Utilities’ responsibility to determine the suitability of the pump station to the project’s site plan, electrical plan, influent line and force main profiles and other documents.
b. Document analysis is Customer’s responsibility
This Scope of Supply and Design Submittal is limited to the pump station; however this document must be considered in its relationship with the overall project and site. It must be analyzed along with the project’s site plan, electrical plan, influent line and force main profiles and other documents. Romtec Utilities does not provide this analysis, which is the responsibility of the customer and/or the customer’s representative.
c. Requested layouts are suggestion only
At the Customer’s request, Romtec Utilities will provide suggested layouts of the products to be supplied by Romtec Utilities on the approved site plan provided by the customer. The customer can choose to accept or reject any suggested layouts.
d. No claim or guarantee of site conformance or suitability Romtec Utilities makes no claim and provides no guarantee that any of the products to be supplied by Romtec Utilities will fit on project’s site or within any building associated with the project.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 752 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.02 HOW TO USE THIS DOCUMENT

1. Be sure that the document date and revision # are current If unsure of any information, contact Romtec Utilities immediately.

2. Carefully review all sections of this document
If unsure of any information, contact Romtec Utilities immediately.

3. How to make comments and request changes
Comments and/or requests for changes to this document must be submitted, in a written document, either MS Word or MS Excel, to Romtec Utilities.

Please supply a list of your comments and change requests along with a copy of any marked up drawing, edited specification or any other part of the document to which you are commenting or requesting a change. All redline comments must be numbered on the drawing or specification and have a corresponding written explanation on the written document. Romtec Utilities will send the reviewing authority further instructions and a blank comment log in MS Excel format that can be filled out and sent back after reviewing the SSDS.

Romtec Utilities will promptly review your comments and/or change requests, and will contact you to ensure complete understanding. Revisions to the Scope of Supply and Design Submittal for this project are made at the discretion of Romtec Utilities.

4. How to approve the design
The Submittal Approval Form is included with this document. To approve the design, you must check, initial and sign where requested. Email, fax or mail the completed form to Romtec Utilities.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 753 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.03 TYPICAL ROMTEC UTILITIES PROCESS
Below the typical steps in the process to design, price, approve, produce, deliver, install and start-up a Romtec Utilities pump station are listed:

1. Customer (or customer’s representative) sends pump station design criteria to Romtec Utilities.

2. Romtec Utilities produces preliminary pump station design and quotation, sends to Customer.

3. Customer sends Purchase Order to Romtec Utilities.

4. Romtec Utilities produces Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, sends to Customer.

5. Customer reviews Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, sends written comments to Romtec Utilities.

6. Based on Customer comments, Romtec Utilities revises Scope of Supply and Design Submittal and revises pricing if necessary; sends revised documents to customer.

7. Customer distributes revised Scope of Supply and Design Submittal to all project stakeholders, gathers comments from Stakeholders, and sends written comments to Romtec Utilities.

8. Romtec again revises based on Customer’s comments.

9. Customer and stakeholders send formal approval of Scope of Supply and Design Submittal to Romtec Utilities and Notice to Proceed with delivery date to Romtec Utilities.

10. Romtec Utilities begins pump station manufacturing and sends projected delivery date to customer.

11. Customer’s contractor prepares project site for installation of pump station.

12. Romtec Utilities delivers pump station to project site and Customer’s contractor installs underground portion of pump station.

13. Customer’s electrical contractor performs electrical construction/installation.

14. Romtec Utilities performs pump station start-up, testing and training.

Warranty period commences.

15. Romtec Utilities delivers O&M manuals to the customer.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 754 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

1.04 AUTODESK DESIGN REVIEW
Included with your Romtec Utilities Submittal is a file with the extension DWF. The DWF file is a viewable 3D model of your actual system. The model is meant to help in the understanding of what the system and individual components will look like.

To view the file, download the free software following the procedure below.

Autodesk Design Review Download Procedure:

1. Go to: www.autodesk.com

2. Click on: Autodesk Design Review Free tab located on the right of the page

3. Select the correct language and click Download Now

4. Select Save File

5. Go to the folder you downloaded the program to and double click the file AutodeskDesignRevSetup.exe

6. Click on Run

7. Follow the Installation Tips on the screen
To view and manipulate your .DWF file double click on the .DWF file Rev. 4-23-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 755 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2. SERVICES
This section outlines the services provided by Romtec Utilities for this project.

This section is structured as follows:

2.01 DESIGN, PRODUCTION & DELIVERY SERVICES

2.02 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.03 INSTALLATION, TESTING & TRAINING SERVICES

2.04 PRE-INSTALLATION INFORMATION

2.05 PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKLIST

2.06 START-UP, TESTING & TRAINING OUTLINE

2.07 PRE START-UP CHECKLIST

2.08 SCHEDULING START-UP

2.09 FIELD START-UP REPORT
Send the completed Pre Start-up Checklist to:

Romtec Utilities
18240 North Bank Rd., Roseburg, OR 97470
Phone: 541-496-9678; Fax: 541-496-0804
[email protected]

8.a
Packet Pg. 756 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.01 DESIGN, PRODUCTION & DELIVERY SERVICES

1. Administrative & design services
a. Receive pump station design criteria from customer or customer’s representative.
b. Design pump station to meet the design criteria and perform as specified.
c. Produce all drawings and other documents included in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal.
d. Only if ordered by customer or customer’s representative, provide optional sealing of drawings, calculations and/or the entire Design Submittal at additional cost to customer.
e. Receive submittal approval from customer or customer’s representative
f. Receive purchase order and notice to proceed from customer’s installation contractor.

2. Production services
a. Produce the complete pump station as specified in Scope of SupplyProducts. b. Unless notified by the customer, Romtec Utilities sources materials made around the world. “Buy America” requirements must be communicated to Romtec Utilities prior to production or a change order will be issued.

3. Delivery services
a. Deliver pump station to project site on date(s) specified by customer or customer’s representative.
b. Provide information on weights of parts and lifting devices.

Rev. 7-10-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 757 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.02 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The Romtec Utilities Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Manual will be delivered at startup of the system. This document contains all the as-built drawings, component operation & maintenance manuals, and manufacturer warranties for the associated mechanical and electrical components.

Romtec Utilities O&M Manual will include the following sections:

1. INTRODUCTION

2. PERMITS & REPORTS

3. MECHANICAL

4. ELECTRICAL
Electronic copy of the Romtec Utilities Operation & Maintenance Manual will be provided to the customer at start-up of the system.

Any request for additional hard copies will result in additional fees and a change order.

Rev. 7-10-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 758 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.03 INSTALLATION, TESTING & TRAINING SERVICES

1. Pre-installation & installation advisory services
a. Provide advisory services to our customer or customer’s representative and/or their contractor(s) and others who will install/construct this pump station on the site. One day is provided.
b. Romtec Utilities personnel at the project site during installation of the pump station’s underground components are there only in an advisory capacity. Romtec Utilities does not perform work during this phase of the project, unless such work is specified in the SSDS.

2. Electrical advisory services
a. Provide advisory services through customer or customer’s representative to the licensed electrical contractor installing the pump station electrical components.
b. Romtec Utilities does not perform any electrical services that must be performed by a licensed electrical contractor.

3. Start-up services
a. Direct all pump station start-up activities at the project site on the designated start-up day. One day is provided. Additional start-up, testing and/or training services requested or required by the regulatory agency or any other party will not be conducted by Romtec Utilities unless under a separate contract.

4. Testing & training services
a. Perform all pump station tests specified in Field Start-Up Report for the project, report test results to the Customer or Customer’s representative, deliver O&M manuals and train any and all owners. b. Training is provided contiguous to the start-up date. If the testing and training is not scheduled and/or completed the day following start-up, there will be additional charges for Romtec Utilities to return and complete the testing and training services. It is required that the main contact to be in charge of operation and maintenance of the lift station, through the duration of the warranty period, be identified and present at the training. This person is responsible for troubleshooting, with the help of Romtec Utilities over the phone, in the event of a warranty issue throughout the warranty period beginning the day Start up Training is completed. All other personnel relevant to the maintenance and operation of the lift station are required to be present for the duration of startup training.

Rev. 6-25-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 759 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.04 PRE-INSTALLATION INFORMATION

1. Scheduling installation
a. Romtec Utilities and all associated technical personnel require two (2) weeks advance notice to schedule an installation date.
b. Installation begins at 8 am and will take one full day (as stated in the approved Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply and Design Submittal.

2. Items delivered for installation
a. Pre-cast Base Slab
i. The base slab is ready to set. The specification and the process for creating a stable compacted “footing” or “base” for the Romtec Utilities wet well foundation is by others. Creating a compacted base that will not allow the Romtec Utilities wet well to “settle” and/or “tilt” during or after installation is not the responsibility of Romtec Utilities.
ii. Pump discharge elbows attached
iii. WARNING! Weights of concrete vary! The contractor must provide a crane capable of lifting the base. Four (4) 16’ straps are recommended for lifting. Check the alignment marks on all concrete pieces. Check that all pieces are numbered, in order, bottom to top.

The base and first barrel are one solid piece. The base slab is square, rectangular or round! The shoring must be wide enough to allow rotation of the base 360 degrees to align the gravity sewer and force main.
b. Pre-cast Barrels
i. All discharge and inlet holes pre-cored plus Kor-n-Seals installed. ii. Romtec Utilities does not provide cored holes into the wet well for electrical conduit ports or conduit runs unless specified in the Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. The electrical cored holes in the wet well are the responsibility of the contractor and electrician.

Electrical cored hole size, orientation, height and number are best determined after installation of the wet well and other electrical components.
iii. If the wet well includes Ameron T-Lock lining, all joints, cored holes and all penetrated concrete must be welded by a “Certified” Ameron welder. All piping going through the wet well must be installed prior to the welding.

Rev. 6-20-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 760 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.04 PRE-INSTALLATION INFORMATION
c. Pre-cast/Pre-Fabricated Top Slab
d. Accessory Pallet
i. Wet well gaskets and sealers
ii. Discharge pipe: WARNING! Discharge pipe is intentionally too long. The contractor must measure and trim to fit. Contractor must plumb discharge pipe and secure to wet well using the pre-installed bracket.
iii. Level sensing devices (store for installation at start-up) iv. In the accessory pallet there are going to be items that you will need to complete start-up of your pump station. Please keep track of these items for start-up. Your pump station will not be completed without them.
e. Guiderails and Upper Guiderail Brackets
i. WARNING! Trim to fit. Guiderails are produced too long intentionally; the contractor must measure and trim to fit. Install in provided nut rail already built into top slab hatch. Mounting hardware included. Contractor must plumb guide rails before tightening the supplied bolts.
f. Deflector Panel (if included in design)
i. Deflector panel goes in wet well on pre-installed concrete anchors inside concrete barrels (this item may be pre-installed). Install guillotine panel between deflector and concrete well. The deflector panel and guillotine panel are intended to deflect influent water and guide the flow. The guillotine panel is removable for influent pipe inspection and clean-out.
g. Valve Vault (if included in design)
i. Place the valve vault (per the approved site plan) so that the alignment with the discharge piping of the wet well matches the two (2) pipes entering the valve vault. Place the two (2) supplied retainer glands on the discharge pipes and the force main pipe(s) of the valve vault, and secure. Once all connections are made, field pour the concrete thrust collar around these pipes (see plans). ii. You must provide any additional pipe (beyond 4’) required to connect the valve vault piping to the wet well piping. Install the supplied coupler to connect the wet well piping to the valve vault Rev. 6-20-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 761 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.04 PRE-INSTALLATION INFORMATION
piping. Connect the force main pipe to the force main (coupling supplied by contractor).
h. Pump Disconnect Panel and Stand (if included in design) i. Electrician to install the conduits between the disconnect panel and the control panel per the site engineer’s direction. This includes one conduit for each pump and one to two conduits for the level sensing as required per the system design.
i. Electrical Junction Box (if included in design)
i. Electrician to install the conduits between the electrical junction box and the control panel per the site engineer’s direction. This includes one conduit for each pump and one to two conduits for the level sensing as required per the system design.
j. Control Panel
i. Electrician to install per site engineer’s direction. This includes one conduit for each pump and one to two conduits for the level sensing as required per the system design.
k. Pumps
i. Installed by the contractor/owner with the assistance of Romtec Utilities after system construction. You do not need to bring pumps to the site until start-up. Leave the pumps and chains at the contractor’s office until start-up.

3. The following are strongly recommended on site:
a. Two (2) six-foot ladders and one (1) six-foot level. b. Shoring for safe working space in the hole.
c. Crane to off load and set all concrete components. Forklift to offload accessory pallet and control panel (may be shipped separately at a later date).
d. Secure site for accessory pallet (and control panel with pumps, when they arrive). These items may need to be hauled to a secure site.

Please provide a truck to transfer these items to a separate site if necessary.
e. Review the site and LOOK for overhead obstructions before delivery. f. A person on-site whose sole purpose is to be in charge of safety.

Rev. 6-20-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 762 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.05 PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKLIST

1. Instructions

2. Project Information

3. Main Site Contact

4. Safety Coordinator on Site
YES NO

6. Will the site be prepared by the delivery
date established?

8. Is the hole excavated and prepared per site
engineer specifications?

9. Will the crane be on-site on the delivery
day to unload the Romtec Utilities supplied
items from the delivery trucks?

10. Has the contractor confirmed that the
crane has appropriately stable ground from
which to work?

11. Will the contractor be ready to stack the
wet well and possibly install the valve vault
& related piping on the delivery date?

12. Will the hole be shored? Is the shoring wide
enough to be able to rotate the base 360
degrees?

13. Will the contractor have adequate
dewatering on-site?

14. Will the bottom of the hole have the base
rock installed and compacted and level as
per site engineer’s requirements, prior to
the above requested installation date?
Note : Construction should not occur on the
same day the hole is being excavated.

Scheduled Install Date:

NOTES:

If not, when?

PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TO

CONFIRM YOU ARE READY FOR

INSTALLATION
Please fill out this form accurately. If the equipment and excavated site is not ready for installation of the wet well and associated parts, the installer will be responsible for all costs associated with the initial site visit. The Romtec Utilities Installation Advisor is on-site as an advisor only. The Romtec Utilities Advisor will not be performing any of the installation tasks. Please have this form completed and returned a minimum of two weeks prior to the arrival of the Install Advisor to ensure time for this document to be reviewed. Send this completed Pre-Installation Checklist to:

Romtec Utilities Post Sales Coordinator
Phone: 541-496-9678; Fax: 541-496-0804
[email protected]
Project Name: Southern Pump
Jobsite Address:

City, State, Zip:

Name:

Company:

Phone:

Email:

Name:

Company:

Phone:

Email:

8.a
Packet Pg. 763 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.05 PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
YES NO

15. Who from the contractor’s company will
review and verify the Romtec Utilities
packing list and the supply of all
equipment?

16. Has a safety plan for installation been
developed and implemented in
conformance with OSHA requirements?
Does the safety plan include components
for confined spaces, climbing, high voltage
(underground and overhead) and shoring?

17. The approved elevations are shown in the
following table. Do the installing
contractor's elevations match?
RU ELEV. INSTALLER
ELEV. DO THEY MATCH?
WET WELL RIM 972.25'
WET WELL FLOOR 940.25'
WET WELL BASE 939.25'
WET WELL DISCHARGE INVERT 967.00'
WET WELL INFLUENT INVERT 947.78'
VALVE VAULT RIM 972.25'
VALVE VAULT BASE 963.75'
COMMENTS:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
DATE

PRINT NAME

PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TO

CONFIRM YOU ARE READY FOR
INSTALLATION NOTES:

8.a
Packet Pg. 764 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.05 PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKLIST

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Acknowledgment of Responsibility

1. 2.

3. 4.

By signing this form you are agreeing to
each of the above. Please contact our
office with any questions or concerns you
may have.

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

SAFETY DISCLOSURE & ACKNOWLEDGMENT
You (including, but not limited to, you, your employees, or your Contractor), and not Romtec Utilities, assume full You are not an agent of Romtec Utilities in any capacity.

Romtec Utilities will provide fundamental instruction regarding installation by a Romtec Utilities advisor, but any such advisor will have no authority or obligation to supervise or direct your personnel in the course of installation.

You are solely responsible for ensuring safety in all facets of installation.

Inadequate shoring of dirt walls in the installation well.

Work at heights, relative to the base of the lift station in the bottom of the excavated hole.

Misuse of machinery, such as cranes, used in installation.

High voltage.

Installation of the equipment to be supplied may implicate five (5) specific potential safety threats, among others:

Work in confined spaces, particularly within the wet wells, valve vaults and meter vault.

Date
Your signature below signifies your acceptance of the following:

8.a
Packet Pg. 765 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.06 START-UP, TESTING & TRAINING OUTLINE

1. Understanding the Complete Mechanical System
a. Pumps (with assistance from pump manufacturer’s representative) b. Guide rails
c. Elbows
d. Level devices
e. Hatches
f. Level sensors
g. Valves
h. Generator, odor control, metering, etc. (if included in the design)

2. Control Panel (Overview/Power Up)
a. Overview (front panel)
b. Operating procedure
c. Overview (inside panel)
d. Power up procedure
e. Back-up system operations
f. Primary level operation/lead-lag, alternations, starts/stops. g. Controller operation

3. System Protection Methods/Devices
a. Seal thermal-moisture seals
b. Phase monitor
i. Surge suppression

4. Alarms
a. Critical alarms and non-critical alarms

5. Trouble shooting
a. Hands on and who to call first
Note: Please see the “Pre Start-up Checklist” and the “Field Start-Up” in this section of the SSDS for more detail on what is covered on the day of start-up.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 766 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.07 PRE START-UP CHECKLIST

OVERVIEW
Project Name: Southern Pump

1. Discharge Pipes YES NO
a. Discharge pipes are connected to elbows
b. Discharge pipes are plumb and connected to
discharge pipe brackets?
c. Discharge pipes are connected to valve vault (if
appicable)?
Valve Vault (if applicable) YES NO
a. Valve vault is connected to force main?
b. Upstream valves are open for wet well discharge?
Guide Bars YES NO
a. Stainless steel guide bars installed?
b. Upper guide bar brackets are installed and tight?
c. Discharge pipes are connected to valve vault (if
appicable)?
d. Intermediate guide bar brackets (if included) are
installed?
YES NO
Will all equipment and materials shipped
between the time of installation and now be
available and onsite at the time of start up?
This form and associated photos must be completed by the customer and returned before Romtec Utilities will schedule or confirm any Start-up Testing and Training dates. Send the completed checklist to [email protected] or fax to 541-496-0804.

This document is a checklist. It ensures that all necessary components have been installed and that your lift station is prepared and ready for start-up. We have outlined below the tasks that need to be completed before start-up and training can occur in the following sections:

1. Review of previously completed underground construction

2. Review of electrical construction connecting to the wet well

3. Back-up power generator

4. Communication equipment

5. Water availability

6. Wet Well

7. Required photos

8. Personnel required for start-up
All activities and requirements stated in this document have been approved in the Scope of Supply and Design Submittal.

Please follow this checklist to ensure that all appropriate actions have been taken in preparation for start-up and personnel training for your lift station.

DO NOT LOWER THE PUMPS INTO THE WET WELL. The Romtec Utilities start-up advisor will oversee the contractor lower the pumps into the wet well at start-up, in accordance with the pump warranty. If you lower the pumps on your own you risk voiding the warranty.

PREVIOUSLY COMPLETED UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION REVIEW
NOTES:

NOTES:

NOTES:

Note : The following mechanical components must be installed and approved.

NOTES:

8.a
Packet Pg. 767 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.07 PRE START-UP CHECKLIST

2. YES NO
a. Have the conduits been installed between the wet
well and the main control panel (At least one (1)
for each pump cable and at least one (1) for the
level control device)
b. Have the level control wires been pulled between
the pump control panel and the wet well?
c. Have the level control wires been landed on the
appropriate terminals inside the control panel?
d. Have the “meter base” and main disconnect been
installed and inspected?
e. Have the panel power wires been installed
between the main disconnect, automatic transfer
switch (if present) and the pump control panel?
f. Has the power company energized the meter?
g. Is all necessary field wiring complete?

3. YES NO
a. Has the generator been delivered and installed?
b. Is the fuel for the generator on-site?
c. Has the automatic transfer switch been wired into
the electrical system (if applicable)?

4. YES NO
a. Has all required communication equipment
(radio, phone, cellular) been installed and
confirmed to be operational?

5. a. Is enough water available to fill the wet well 1.5 times?
BACK UP POWER GENERATOR (if applicable)

COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

WATER AVAILABILITY

REVIEW OF ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION CONNECTING TO THE WET WELL NOTES:

Permanent utility power to the job site is
required in order to perform start-up,
testing, and training.

Romtec Utilities does not core holes into the
wet well for electrical conduit ports or
conduit runs. The cored holes in the wet
well are the responsibility of the contractor
and electrician. Final size, orientation,
height, and number are best determined
after installation of the wet well and other
electrical components. All cored holes into
the wet well shall be made 8 in. above or 3
in. below any barrel joints in such a manner
as not to impact the integrity of the barrel
joint and seal.

Note : High voltage is in use. Only licensed and qualified personnel should perform electrical services before and during start-up.

The pump power cables will be pulled
through the conduit at the time of start-up.

DO NOT cut the level control wires;
floats/level control devices will be set up at
an appropriate level at the time of start-up
testing.

NOTES:

NOTES:

Romtec Utilities reserves the right to charge
for our time required to complete wiring.

8.a
Packet Pg. 768 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.07 PRE START-UP CHECKLIST

6. YES NO
a. Is the wet well clean and free of any debris?
b. Have the incoming sewer line(s) and upstream
man holes been flushed of all debris?
c. Do you have permission from the appropriate
parties to pump water out of the pump station into
the treatment plant?

7. YES NO
a. Photo of the inside of the control panel
(specifically the terminal blocks at the base of the
panel).
b. Photo of the control and disconnect panel from
approx. 5 ft. away.
c. Photo of the inside of the wet well.
d. Photo of the inside of the valve vault (if
applicable)
e. Photo of the inside of the meter vault. (if
applicable)

8. Safety Manager
Site Engineer's Representative
Owner's Representative
Site Electrician
Note : It is the contractor’s responsibility to invite and schedule all appropriate parties.

PERSONNEL REQUIRED FOR START-UP TESTING
Company:

WET WELL
NOTES:

Phone:

Phone:

Company:

Name:

NOTES:

Company:

Name:

Phone:

Company:

Name:

Phone:

Email:

Email:

Email:

Email:

Name:

REQUIRED PHOTOS
Note : The following required photos must be taken and prepared to deliver with the checklist.

8.a
Packet Pg. 769 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.07 PRE START-UP CHECKLIST

9. YES NO
a. Have the appropriate personnel been informed of
the date in which start up training will occur?

1. 2.

3. PROPOSED START-UP & TRAINING DATES:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE Date
Please send this Checklist and the required photos back to Romtec Utilities two (2) weeks before the scheduled start-up and training dates.

This form must be completed before Romtec Utilities can schedule travel for your start-up advisor. Your project start-up date can be set with Romtec Utilities at any time. By completing the start-up preparation documents you are acknowledging the following:

Note : This person is responsible for troubleshooting with the help of Romtec Utilities over the phone in the event of a warranty issue throughout the one year warranty period beginning the day Start up Training is completed. All other personnel relevant to the maintenance operation of the lift station are required to be present for the duration of startup training.

By signing this document you agree to reimburse Romtec Utilities for any costs incurred, whether by Romtec Utilities directly or through a related vendor, due to on-site delays caused by inaccurate representations herein. Typical costs attributed to delays include labor, travel and lodging. However, this list in not meant to be exclusive, and other costs may apply.

The Romtec Utilities system warranty is not provided to its customer and/or the owner unless, and until, the Romtec Utilities system start-up, testing, and training have been completed.

Romtec Utilities has provided its customer with two contiguous days for start-up, testing, and training. If you say you are ready for Romtec Utilities to come to the site and perform these services, when in fact you are not ready, Romtec Utilities will charge its customer for another trip and the time (two days) on the job site to perform these services.

Email:

Name:

Company:

Phone:

Main Contact in charge of operation and maintenance of the lift station through the duration of the warranty:

NOTES:

PERSONNEL REQUIRED FOR START-UP TRAINING
Additional Notes:

8.a
Packet Pg. 770 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2.08 SCHEDULING START-UP
Scheduling for Start-Up and Training:

1. Lead time to schedule start-up.
a. Romtec Utilities and all associated technical personnel require four (4) weeks advance notice to schedule a start-up date. The start-up checklist attached must also be completed two weeks prior to the requested start-up date.

2. Duration of start-up and training.
a. Start-up begins at the scheduled time and will require one (1) full day. b. Training begins the following day at the scheduled time and the advisor will be available all day.
c. These days must be contiguous weekdays. Romtec Utilities does not schedule start-ups over Saturdays or Sundays.
d. Please see attached document outlining events performed at start-up and training.

3. Scheduling pump and generator services.
a. If Romtec Utilities is providing services from a generator or pump supplier to the customer during start-up and training, these vendors will only be available the same days that Romtec Utilities’ personnel are on-site.

ATTENTION!

PROPER EQUIPMENT MUST BE ON-SITE THE DAY OF START-UP
You must provide equipment to safely lower the pumps into the wet well.

Romtec Utilities will not proceed with start-up if there is not equipment to lower the pumps.

Rev. 6-25-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 771 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump